MoodleDocs - User contributions [en]

Short-Answer question type

2018-12-14T16:16:13Z

TimHunt: /* Question set-up */

{{Questions}}
In a short answer question, the student types in a word or phrase in response to a question (that may include a image). Answers may or may not be case sensitive. The answer could be a word or a phrase, but it must match one of your acceptable answers exactly. It's a good idea to keep the required answer as short as possible to avoid missing a correct answer that's phrased differently.

The [[Quiz]] and [[Lesson module|Lesson]] modules both have short answer question types. The analysis of the question given below works for both modules. However there is another analysis type available for Lesson which is not available in a Quiz (see note below).

==Question set-up==
#Select the question category
#Give your question a descriptive name.
#Create the question text. If you're using the HTML Editor, you can format the question just like a word processing document.
#*Tip: Normally the answer box appears below the question text. However, if you include five or more underscores in the text, the input box will be placed there. For example the questions "Moodle stands for 'Modular object oriented ___________________ environment".
#Select an image to display if you want to add a picture to the question (see step 4 in [[Multiple Choice question type]] for more detail).
# Set the 'default question grade' (i.e. the maximum number of marks for this question).
# Set the 'Penalty factor' (see [[Short-Answer_question_type#Penalty_factor|Penalty factor]] below).
# If you wish, add general feedback. This is text that appears to the student after he/she has answered the question.
#Choose whether the answers are case-sensitive. Case sensitivity can be tricky where capitalization is important. Will you accept '' Ban Ki-moon'' as well as ''ban ki-moon'' as an answer?
#Next, fill in the answers you will accept. You could give common misspellings partial credit with this option. For example will you accept "Ban Ki moon"? Use [[Short-Answer_question_type#Wildcard_usage|wildcards]] to allow for variants on a word pr phrase.
#Add grade for each answer.
#Create feedback for any and all answers. This will appear if the student enters that answer.
#*'''Note:''' It is good practice to add a single wild card * for the last answer, so you can create a feedback response and a score for all other answers students might have.
#Click Save Changes to add the question to the category.

=== Penalty factor ===

The 'penalty factor' only applies when the question is used in a quiz using adaptive mode - i.e. where the student is allowed multiple attempts at a question even within the same attempt at the quiz. If the penalty factor is more than 0, then the student will lose that proportion of the '''maximum''' grade upon each successive attempt. For example, if the default question grade is 10, and the penalty factor is 0.2, then each successive attempt after the first one will incur a penalty of 0.2 x 10 = 2 points.

==Wildcard usage==

You can use the asterisk character (*) as a wildcard to match any series of characters. For example, use <code>ran*ing</code> to match any word or phrase starting with ''ran'' and ending with ''ing''. If you really do want to match an asterisk then use a backslash like this: <code>\*</code>

If you want one question with the two answers ''fuel'' and ''oxygen'', you ought to be able to limit the number of variants by writing <code>fuel*oxygen</code>. This would accept ''"fuel oxygen", "fuel, oxygen", "fuel; oxygen", "fuel and oxygen", "fuel & oxygen" "fuel oxygen", "fuel und oxygen" "fuel&&oxygen"''. It would even accept ''"fuel or oxygen", "fuel but not oxygen" "fuel|oxygen"'' which might not be so good but you can never be completely safe!

Here are some answers and scores for a question "What does a rocket burn?". 
#<code>oxygen*fuel</code> with a score 100% 
#<code>*fuel*</code> with a score 50% 
#<code>*oxygen*</code> with a score 50% 
#<code>*air*</code> with a score 40% 
#<code>* </code> with a score of 0% 

The order of the answers is important. The answers are evaluated from 1st to last. When a match is found the process stops. If no match is found the question is scored wrong and the general response is used. It is a good practice to put a wild card as the last answer so the evaluation process knows what to do when nothing above it matches.

Without wildcards, the answers are compared exactly, so be careful with your spelling!

==Feedback for wrong answers==

When you wish to have short answer type questions, you naturally have a limited number of variations that would be acceptable. So in case you wish to give a feedback in case of a wrong answer, you must spell out the right answers exactly and then use * as a final answer which will have grade as zero, and feedback will be the one for wrong answer.

Effectively, ANYTHING other than the specific answers mentioned by you will be treated as this option due to wildcard and will be deemed wrong; it'll give 0 marks and show the feedback for a wrong answer.

Here is an example:

What is a rabbit?

answer1: animal 
feedback: right 
grade: 100%

answer2: mammal 
feedback: right 
grade: 100%

answer3: vertebrate 
feedback: right 
grade: 100%

answer4: * 
feedback: ouch! that was wrong 
grade: none

Remember: you cannot do negative marking in this type and ANYTHING other than your right answer will be treated as option 4 due to the wildcard and given that feedback and zero marks.

==Tip: Prototype your questions==
You may like to prototype your short answer questions to catch common acceptable answers you hadn't thought of. Start out by creating a few acceptable answers, then include the question in a quiz for no points. Be sure to tell students you are testing a new question. Once the quiz is over, review students' answers and add their acceptable answers to the list.

==Lesson module note==

In the Lesson module, there are two different student answer analysis systems available for the Short Answer type of question: the ''simple system ''is used by default. The second type only available in Lesson Module is called "Regular Expressions". See [[Short answer analysis]] for a description of the new type, with examples.

==Caveat about the apostrophe character==
Computers consider the [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Apostrophe apostrophe] character ( ' ) different from the single opening or closing [https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quotation_mark quotation mark characters] ( ‘ ) and ( ’ ). This is particularly important for computer programming questions, but can cause unexpected complaints from students taking quizzes of modern languages. See [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=366997 this forum post].

==See also==

* [[Pattern-match question type]]. A very ingenious question type from the Open University to automatically mark free text questions without error.
* [[Regular Expression Short-Answer question type]] - additional question type (for the Moodle quiz module) aims at a more advanced system of student's response analysis, through the use of regular expresssions. This question type is an extension of the SHORTANSWER type. It can be used on its own and can also be incorporated into the existing Cloze (embedded) question type.
* [[Preg question type|Perl compatible regular expression]] - additional question type. A question that could check student's response against several regular expressions and could give next character and next word hints. If you do not know what regular expression is, it could also work like Moodle Shortanswer question with hints, just choose "Moodle shortanswer" as notation and you could enter answers just like in shortanswer question type.

[[Category:Quiz]]

[[fr:Question à réponse courte]]
[[ca:Tipus_de_pregunta_de_resposta_breu]]
[[ja:記述問題タイプ]]
[[de:Fragetyp Kurzantwort]]
[[es:Tipo de Pregunta de Respuesta corta]]

Select missing words question type

2018-10-08T16:05:11Z

TimHunt:

{{Questions}}

This is very similar to the [[question/type/ddwtos|Drag and drop into text]] question type, but uses drop-down menus in the text instead of drag-boxes. This works well where the question text is very long and you would have to scroll a lot to do drag and drop.

==How to create a question==
Give the question a descriptive name to help you find it in the question bank. (Students won't see the name.)

Add the question to the text editor, using any formatting you wish.

Use double square brackets <nowiki>'[[n]]'</nowiki> with a number in place of the word you wish the students to find:

[[File:dragdroptextquestion.png|400px|center]]

Add the missing words or phrases in the correctly numbered boxes in the 'Choice' section. (You may add extra ones to make the question harder. If you tick 'Shuffle' the display order will be shuffled. (Note that is not possible to add formatting to the responses)

[[File:selectblankchoices.png|400px|center]]

The student sees a drop down menu for each blank:

[[File:selectblankdisplay.png|center|400px]]

===Groups===

If choices are grouped, then only items in the appropriate group will display in the drop down menu of a blank.

In the example below, Group 1 are verbs and Group 2 are possessive adjectives:
[[File:selectblankgroupchoices1.png|400px|center]]

The students see just the relevant group choices in a dropdown:

[[File:selectblankgroupdisplay.png|400px|center]]

==Scoring and feedback==
All gaps are weighted identically. Only gaps that are filled correctly gain marks. There is no negative marking of gaps that are filled incorrectly.

'''Penalty for each incorrect try:''' The available mark is reduced by the penalty for second and subsequent tries. In the example above a correct answer at the second try will score 0.6666667 of the available marks and a correct answer at the third try will score 0.3333334 of the available marks.

If the question is used in 'interactive with multiple tries' style the marking is modified as follows:

#The mark is reduced for each try by the penalty factor.
#Allowance is made for when a correct choice is first chosen providing it remains chosen in subsequent tries.

'''Hint:''' You can complete as many of these boxes as you wish. If you wish to give the student three tries at a question you will need to provide two hints. At runtime when the hints are exhausted the question will finish and the student will be given the general feedback and the question score will be calculated.

'''Clear incorrect responses:''' When ‘Try again’ is clicked incorrect choices are cleared.

'''Show the number of correct responses:''' Include in the feedback a statement of how many choices are correct.
==Accessibility==
Missing words questions are keyboard accessible. Use the <tab> key to move between the drop-down lists and the <up arrow> and <down arrow> keys to cycle around the possible choices for each gap.

== See also ==
This question type was originally developed by the UK Open University and was a contributed plugin for several years before becoming part of standard Moodle. Find more [https://moodle.org/plugins/browse.php?list=set&id=10 Open University plugins here].

[[Category:Questions]]

[[es:Tipo de pregunta seleccionar palabra faltante]]
[[fr:Question à mot manquant]]
[[de:Lückentext (OU)]]

BigBlueButtonBN

2018-09-11T12:42:07Z

TimHunt: Undo revision 131907 by Germanvaleroelizondo (talk)

{{Infobox plugin
|type = Activity module
|entry = https://moodle.org/plugins/mod_bigbluebuttonbn
|tracker = https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/CONTRIB/component/12231
|discussion = https://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=7797
|maintainer = Fred Dixon and [[User:Jesus Federico|Jesus Federico]]
|float = right
}}

The BigBlueButtonBN activity module is a contributed plugin written by [http://www.blindsidenetworks.com/ Blindside Networks] that allows the creation of activities into a course providing an easy way for the teacher to create and manage a virtual meeting room / classroom on the BigBlueButton server, and for the student to log into the rooms.

[https://docs.moodle.org/24/en/BigBlueButtonBN BigBlueButtonBN] is part of the [http://moodle.org/plugins/browse.php?list=set&id=2 Moodle BigBlueButton set] and complements [https://docs.moodle.org/24/en/RecordingsBN RecordingsBN] to provide with all the features required in order to take advantage of the new capabilities offered by a [http://www.bigbluebutton.org/2012/06/18/bigbluebutton-0-8-released/ BigBlueButton server version 0.80 (and later)].

==Features==

[http://www.bigbluebutton.org/ '''BigBlueButton'''] is an open source web conferencing system for distance education. The goal of the project is to enable universities, colleges, and K12 to delivery a high-quality learning experience to remote students.

BigBlueButton supports real-time sharing of slides (PDF and any document readable by OpenOffice), webcams, whiteboard, chat, voice over IP (using FreeSWITCH), and presenter's desktop. It can record and playback sessions (slides, audio, and chat), runs on Mac, Unix, and PC clients, and is supported by a community of developers that care about good design and a streamlined user experience. (see [http://code.google.com/p/bigbluebutton/wiki/ReleaseNotes release notes]).

With this plugin you can

* Create links in any class to a BigBlueButton session
* Specify join open/close dates that will appear in the Moodle calendar
* Create a custom welcome messages that appears in the chat window when users join the session
* Launch BigBlueButton in its own window
* Restrict students from entering the session until a teacher joins
* Monitor the active sessions for the course and end any session (eject all users)
* Record and playback your lectures (requires [http://www.bigbluebutton.org/2012/06/18/bigbluebutton-0-8-released/ BigBlueButton 0.80])
* Access and manage recorded lectures (requires [https://docs.moodle.org/22/en/RecordingsBN recordingsbn plugin] to be installed)

==Requirements==

You need:

* A server running Moodle 1.9+. There are three stable releases. Look for the one that corresponds to your version of Moodle. ([https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversion.php?id=3374 for Moodle 1.9], [https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversion.php?id=8847 for moodle 2.0 to 2.5], [https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversion.php?id=10208 for moodle 2.6 to 3.0])
* A BigBlueButton 0.80 (or later) server running on a separate server (not on the same server as your Moodle site)
* The latest version of [http://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=mod_bigbluebuttonbn BigBlueButtonBN Activity Module]

Blindside Networks provides you a test BigBlueButton server for testing this plugin. To use this test server, just accept the default settings when configuring the activity module. The default settings are:

url: <nowiki>http://test-install.blindsidenetworks.com/bigbluebutton/</nowiki>
salt: 8cd8ef52e8e101574e400365b55e11a6

For information on how to setup your own BigBlueButton server see [http://www.bigbluebutton.org/ http://bigbluebutton.org/]

==Installation==

These instructions assume your Moodle server is installed at /var/www/moodle.

* Copy zip file you downloaded to /var/www/moodle/mod

cp bigbluebuttonbn.zip /var/www/moodle/mod

* Enter the following commands

cd /var/www/moodle/mod
sudo unzip bigbluebuttonbn.zip

This will create the directory
./bigbluebuttonbn

* Login to your moodle site as administrator

Moodle will detect the new module and prompt you to Upgrade.

* Click the 'Upgrade' button.

The activity module will install mod_bigbluebuttonbn.

* Click the 'Continue' button.

You'll be prompted to configure the activity module.

* Enter the URL and salt (security key) to your BigBlueButton server (or use the default values for testing).

* Click the 'Save Changes' button.

At this point, you can enter any course, turn editing on, and add a BigBlueButtonBN activity link to the class.

Note: You will want to install the RecordingsBN activity module to access recordings as well.

You can find a [http://www.youtube.com/embed/ShB04IoNgk8 video] overview of installing and using this plugin, at http://www.blindsidenetworks.com/integrations/moodle/

==Development status==
===Changelog===

====2.1.1 (2016051905) ====
* Fixed Bug: Fixed issue with database upgrade when updating from versions older than 2.1.x. The bug only affected users upgrading directly from 1.x to 2.1.0.

====2.1.0 (2016051904) ====
* Tag: Bumped version and release tags and updated maturity to stable

====2.1.0-rc2 (2016051903) ====
* Fixed Bug: Fixed missing variable triggering warning message showing up on in development mode
* Fixed Bug: Fixed bug in format of imported recordings on YUI table
* Fixed Bug: Fixed a bug in import recording. Recordings from deleted activities were not considered.

====2.1.0-rc1 (2016051902) ====
Tag: Bumped release tag and updated maturity

====2.1.0-b3 (2016051902) ====
* Fixed Bug: Considers all the imported recordings corresponding to a course.
* Fixed Bug: Duration was not shown properly in recordings
* Fixed Bug: All events are localized
* Fixed Bug: recordings not showing up after restore
* Fixed Bug: backup/restore were not working on logs
* Fixed Bug: Added missing event

====2.1.0-b2 (2016051901) ====
* Fixed bug: Fix for action management not working in recordings.

====2.1.0-b1 (2016051900) ====
* Feature: Links to recordings can now be imported into a room/activity from a different course room/activity.
* Fixed Bug: Fixed backups. The logs, a secondary table dependent of mdl_bigbluebuttonbn used for tracking meeting creation is now included as part of the backup.
* Fixed Bug: Fixed issue with database prefix.

====2.0.4 (2015080611) ====
* Fixed Bug: Fixed a bug introduced in the previous revision that was making pre-uploaded presentations to be ignored when a new activity was created.
* Fixed Bug: Changed wording for message shown when user is waiting for moderator.

====2.0.3 (2015080610) ====
* Improvement: Make sure the php-curl extension is installed. For pre-uploading slides, the use of the php-curl extension is required. If it is not installed or enabled the feature won't be available.
* Fixed Bug: Toggle form for tagging sessions was flicking for a second when the activity page was shown.
* Fixed Bug: When creating a new and pre-uploading presentation is turned off an error messages comes up.
* Fixed Bug: When for security reasons either the webserver or the proxy ahead of the webserver(s) adds the header x-content-type-options: nosniff to force the MIME Type verification, the javascript in the client doesn't work in Chrome/IE.

====2.0.2 (2015080609)====
* Fixed Bug: When using localization in a language different than English, the recording table produced for RecordingsBN showed an 'Invalid date' message.

====2.0.1 (2015080608)====
* Fixed bug: Adding a presentation file while creating a new BigBlueButtonBN activity failed. Only after editing the activity and adding a presentation file again would let the feature work.
* Fixed bug: A warning message was shown in the logs when joining a session

===Latest stable releases===

2.1.1 (2016051905) - for Moodle 2.6/2.7/2.8/2.9/3.0/3.1 ([https://github.com/blindsidenetworks/moodle-mod_bigbluebuttonbn/releases/tag/v2.1.1 Source code])

1.1.1 (2015062101) - for Moodle 2.0/2.1/2.2/2.3/2.4/2.5 ([https://github.com/blindsidenetworks/moodle-mod_bigbluebuttonbn/releases/tag/v0.1.1 Source code])

1.0.9 (2013071000) - for Moodle 1.9 ([https://github.com/blindsidenetworks/moodle-mod_bigbluebuttonbn_19/tree/v1.0.9-SNAPSHOT Source code])

===Latest development releases===
2.2.0 (2016080100) - for Moodle 2.6/2.7/2.8/2.9/3.0/3.1 ([https://github.com/blindsidenetworks/moodle-mod_bigbluebuttonbn/tree/v2.2-dev Source code])

For reporting bugs and issues or asking for new features use the Moodle tracking system [http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/CONTRIB/component/12231 Module: BigBlueButtonBN]

==FAQ==
===What should I do when I get this message?===

Unable to join the meeting. Please check the url of the BigBlueButton server AND check to see if the BigBlueButton server is running.

On Moodle 2.6 and later, use the link that is right below (also provided here) and try all what is suggested there.

[https://docs.moodle.org/500/en/error/bigbluebuttonbn/view_error_unable_join#Common_cases More information about this error]

==More Information==

[[Category:Video]]

[[es:BigBlueButtonBN]]

Quiz statistics report

2018-07-12T17:21:13Z

TimHunt: /* Ensuring that random variants are fair */

{{Quiz reports}}
The quiz statistics report may be viewed by clicking on the quiz and then accessing ''Administration > Quiz administration> Results > Statistics''

This report gives a statistical (psychometric) analysis of the quiz, and the questions within it. The top section of this report gives a summary of the whole quiz. The next section gives an analysis showing all questions in a table format. There are links in this section to edit individual questions or drill down into a detailed analysis of a particular question. The last section of this report is a bar graph of the percent of correct answers (Facility index) and the Discriminative efficiency index.

The full report (overview, and detailed analysis of all questions) can be downloaded in a variety of formats, as can the quiz structure analysis table.

===Reasons to look at the statistics report===

There are lots of highly technical in the Quiz statistics, which is great if you are a data scientist or mathematician, but even if you are not, there is very useful information you can learn about how well your quiz is helping your students, even if you don't understand all technicalities.

====Finding 'broken' questions====

If everything is working well, then what normally happens is that students who got a high mark on the whole quiz are more likely to get each question right. If you make a mistake when you create a question, for example if you accidentally set the wrong response to be marked correct. What happens then is that the better students who get a higer overall mark are morelikely to select the right answer, and get marked wrong. This shows up in the 'Discrimination index' column. If the number there is small, you may have a problem. A broken question is not the only thing that might casue this, so you need to go an investiage, but it is a worrying sign. Because of that, Moodle will higlight any low values in this column so they stand out.

'''Tip: look down the 'Discrimination index' column. If any numbers there are small, then investigate that question.'''

If you find a 'broken' question, there are various options. You may be able to edit the question and then regrade the quiz to fix the problem (but be very careful editing questions after they were attempted.) Or, you could to the the Edit quiz page, and set the mark for that question to 0 (zero-weight it).

====Ensuring that random variants are fair====

There are lots of different ways that randomisation can be used when building a quiz. Sometimes you will have something like a topic reivew quiz that draws a selection of 10 question from a set of 100, but the case we want to consider here is when for each 'question' in the quiz, you have a few different but similar versions of the 'same' question. For formative quizzes that is good, because it gives students more chance to practice. For summative quizzes, it is good because it reduces the changes for copying. You can build this either using random selection from different categories like 'Variants of question 1', or you can do it with question types like [[Calculated_question_type|Calculated] or [https://moodle.org/plugins/qtype_stack STACK] that have internal random variants, or both. ([[Effective_quiz_practices#Robust_testing_with_random_variants|For more details, see here]].)

If you are doing this, particuarly if doing this for-credit, you probably want to ensure that it is 'fair'. You don't want one variant to be much harder than the others. To see this, look at the subsidiary rows that show all the different questions that appered in once particular place in the quiz. Look in particular at the 'Facility index', which is basically how many people got that qustion right. If those numbers are very different for different variants, that is is a sign the quiz may be unfair.

'''Tip: if using variants, look down the 'Facility index' column to make sure that all the different variants of a particular question have similar facility index.'''

If there is big variation in one questions, then you could zero-weight it. Also, if you are re-using the quiz in future, consider removing that variant, and adding a new one.

Of course, when you have variants like this, you should check that Descrimination index for all the different variants, to ensure that none of the variants are broken in that way either.

====Understanding how students are responding to a particular question====

When you set a particular question in a quiz, you normally do so intending to test a particular skill or bit of knowledge. However, can you be sure that is what you are really measuring?

As an example from this, there was an Open University 'Maths for Scientists' course, where they had a question which was supposed to test that the student could substitute some numbers in an equation, and computer the answer with their calculator. As is standard practice for OU science tests, students had to give the answer to the right number of decimal places (which had already been taught and assessed). However, when they look at the answers students had given, they found that many students had clearly computed the right thing in their calculator, but were then being marked wrong because they input too many decimal places. ([http://oro.open.ac.uk/39669/ Jordan, 2014)

The statistics report makes this kind of anlysis quite easy. As described below, if you click through to the details about a particular question, then at the bottom of that page it shows all the different responses that were given, whether they were marked right or wrong, and how many students gave each results.

This can be a good place to start looking if some of the checks above hilight a potential problem.

Another way you can use this information is, if you are using more open-ended question types, like Short answer or Numerical, then you may notice several students have made the same mistake. You might then go back end edit the question, to add specific feedback for students who have given that answer.

'''Tip: particularly if using open-ended questions, look at the Analysis of resonses to see what answers sudents are acutally giving.'''

===Overall quiz statistics===

Here are the details concerning information in this report.

====Quiz information====

This section gives some basic information about the test as a whole. You will see:
* Quiz name
* Course name
* Open and close dates (if applicable)
* Total number of first/graded attempts
* Average grade for first/all attempts
* Median grade
* Standard deviation of grades
* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Skewness Skewness] and [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kurtosis Kurtosis] of the grade distribution
* Coefficient of internal consistency (sometimes called [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cronbach%27s_alpha Cronbach Alpha]) - This is a measure of whether all the items in the quiz are testing basically the same thing. Thus it measures the consistency of the text, which is a lower bound for the validity. Higher numbers here are better.
* Error ratio - the variation in the grades comes from two sources. First some students are better than others at what is being tested, and second there is some random variation. We hope that the quiz grades will largely be determined by the student's ability, and that random variation will be minimised. The error ratio estimates how much of the variation is random, and so lower is better.
* Standard error - this is derived from the error ratio, and is a measure of how much random variation there is in each test grade. So, if the Standard error is 10%, and a student scored 60%, then their real ability probably lies somewhere between 50% and 70%.
[[File:Quiz_results_statistics_information.png|thumb|center|Example of quiz information section]]

====Quiz structure analysis====

This section lists all the questions in the quiz with various statistics in a table format.

* '''Q#''' - shows the question number (position), question type icon, and preview and edit icons
* '''Question name''' - the name is also a link to the detailed analysis of this question (See Quiz Question Statistics below).
* '''Attempts''' - how many students attempted this question.
* '''Facility Index''' - the percentage of students that answered the question correctly.
* '''[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Standard_deviation Standard Deviation]''' - how much variation there was in the scores for this question.
* '''Random guess score''' - the score the student would get by guessing randomly
* '''Intended/Effective weight''' - Intended weight is simply what you set up when editing the quiz. If question 1 is worth 3 marks out of a total of 10 for the quiz, the intended weight is 30%. The effective weight is an attempt to estimate, from the results, how much of the actual variation was due to this question. So, ideally the effective weights should be close to the intended weights.
* '''Discrimination index''' - this is the correlation between the score for this question and the score for the whole quiz. That is, for a good question, you hope that the students who score highly on this question are the same students who score highly on the whole quiz. Higher numbers are better.
* '''Discriminative efficiency''' - another measure that is similar to Discrimination index.

:Where random questions are used, there is one row in the table for the random question, followed by further rows, one for each real question that was selected in place of this random question.
:When quiz questions are randomized for each quiz, the quiz module determines a default position.
:[[:dev:Quiz_statistics_calculations|Quiz statistics calculations]] gives further details on all these quantities.
[[File:Quiz_results_statistics_structure_analysis.png|thumb|center|Example of statistics structural analysis section]]
====Quiz statistics chart====
[[File:Quiz_results_statistics_chart.png|thumb|center|Chart example]]

===Quiz question statistics===
Navigation > quiz's name > Results > Statistics (click on any question title)
It is possible to see the statistics for one question on a single page. This view will also tell you what percentage of quiz takers selected each answer (Analysis of responses) and give you basic information about the question.

*Question information- The basic information about the question, the name of the quiz, the question, the question type, the position in the quiz and the question itself. There are preview and edit icons in this page.
*Question statistics - This repeats the information from the table row from the Quiz structure analysis that relates to this question.
*Report options - You can choose whether to run the report on all attempts, or just the first attempt by each student. Some of the calculations used in the report are based on assumptions that may not apply to quizzes that allow more than one attempt.

'':Tip:'' Computing the statistics takes some time, the report will store the computed values and re-use them for up to 15 minutes. Therefore, there is a display of how recently the statistics were calculated, with a button to recalculate them immediate

<gallery>
File:Quiz_results_statistics_individual_question_preferences.png|Individual question page preferences
File:Quiz_results_statistics_individual_question_information.png|Individual question's information
File:Quiz_results_statistics_individual_question_statistics.png|Individual question's statistic information
</gallery>

====Analysis of individual question responses====

This gives a frequency analysis of the different responses that were given to each part of the question. The details of the analysis depends on the question type, and not all question types support this. For example, essay question responses cannot be analyzed.

[[File:Quiz_results_statistics_individual_question_analysis_responses.png|thumb|center|Individual question's responses statistic information]]

== See also ==

* https://docs.moodle.org/dev/Quiz_statistics_calculations
* [https://docs.moodle.org/dev/Quiz_report_statistics https://docs.moodle.org/dev/Quiz_report_statistics] on the Developers documentation
* [https://wiki.umontreal.ca/download/attachments/92832287/Brief_Guide_to_iCMA_reports.pdf?version=1&modificationDate=1399917582000&api=v2 A brief guide to what the statistics mean, from the Open University]

[[de:Test-Statistik]]
[[es:Quiz_statistics_report]]

Quiz statistics report

2018-07-12T12:27:15Z

TimHunt:

{{Quiz reports}}
The quiz statistics report may be viewed by clicking on the quiz and then accessing ''Administration > Quiz administration> Results > Statistics''

This report gives a statistical (psychometric) analysis of the quiz, and the questions within it. The top section of this report gives a summary of the whole quiz. The next section gives an analysis showing all questions in a table format. There are links in this section to edit individual questions or drill down into a detailed analysis of a particular question. The last section of this report is a bar graph of the percent of correct answers (Facility index) and the Discriminative efficiency index.

The full report (overview, and detailed analysis of all questions) can be downloaded in a variety of formats, as can the quiz structure analysis table.

===Reasons to look at the statistics report===

There are lots of highly technical in the Quiz statistics, which is great if you are a data scientist or mathematician, but even if you are not, there is very useful information you can learn about how well your quiz is helping your students, even if you don't understand all technicalities.

====Finding 'broken' questions====

If everything is working well, then what normally happens is that students who got a high mark on the whole quiz are more likely to get each question right. If you make a mistake when you create a question, for example if you accidentally set the wrong response to be marked correct. What happens then is that the better students who get a higer overall mark are morelikely to select the right answer, and get marked wrong. This shows up in the 'Discrimination index' column. If the number there is small, you may have a problem. A broken question is not the only thing that might casue this, so you need to go an investiage, but it is a worrying sign. Because of that, Moodle will higlight any low values in this column so they stand out.

'''Tip: look down the 'Discrimination index' column. If any numbers there are small, then investigate that question.'''

If you find a 'broken' question, there are various options. You may be able to edit the question and then regrade the quiz to fix the problem (but be very careful editing questions after they were attempted.) Or, you could to the the Edit quiz page, and set the mark for that question to 0 (zero-weight it).

====Ensuring that random variants are fair====

There are lots of different ways that randomisation can be used when building a quiz. Sometimes you will have something like a topic reivew quiz that draws a selection of 10 question from a set of 100, but the case we want to consider here is when for each 'question' in the quiz, you have a few different but similar versions of the 'same' question. For formative quizzes that is good, because it gives students more chance to practice. For summative quizzes, it is good because it reduces the changes for copying. You can build this either using random selection from different categories like 'Variants of question 1', or you can do it with question types like [[Calculated_question_type|Calculated] or [https://moodle.org/plugins/qtype_stack STACK] that have internal random variants.([[Effective_quiz_practices#Robust_testing_with_random_variants|For more details, see here]].)

If you are doing this, particuarly if doing this for-credit, you probably want to ensure that it is 'fair'. You don't want one variant to be much harder than the others. To see this, look at the subsidiary rows that show all the different questions that appered in once particular place in the quiz. Look in particular at the 'Facility index', which is basically how many people got that qustion right. If those numbers are very different for different variants, that is is a sign the quiz may be unfair.

'''Tip: if using variants, look down the 'Facility index' column to make sure that all the different variants of a particular question have similar facility index.'''

If there is big variation in one questions, then you could zero-weight it. Also, if you are re-using the quiz in future, consider removing that variant, and adding a new one.

====Understanding how students are responding to a particular question====

When you set a particular question in a quiz, you normally do so intending to test a particular skill or bit of knowledge. However, can you be sure that is what you are really measuring?

As an example from this, there was an Open University 'Maths for Scientists' course, where they had a question which was supposed to test that the student could substitute some numbers in an equation, and computer the answer with their calculator. As is standard practice for OU science tests, students had to give the answer to the right number of decimal places (which had already been taught and assessed). However, when they look at the answers students had given, they found that many students had clearly computed the right thing in their calculator, but were then being marked wrong because they input too many decimal places. ([http://oro.open.ac.uk/39669/ Jordan, 2014)

The statistics report makes this kind of anlysis quite easy. As described below, if you click through to the details about a particular question, then at the bottom of that page it shows all the different responses that were given, whether they were marked right or wrong, and how many students gave each results.

This can be a good place to start looking if some of the checks above hilight a potential problem.

Another way you can use this information is, if you are using more open-ended question types, like Short answer or Numerical, then you may notice several students have made the same mistake. You might then go back end edit the question, to add specific feedback for students who have given that answer.

'''Tip: particularly if using open-ended questions, look at the Analysis of resonses to see what answers sudents are acutally giving.'''

===Overall quiz statistics===

Here are the details concerning information in this report.

====Quiz information====

This section gives some basic information about the test as a whole. You will see:
* Quiz name
* Course name
* Open and close dates (if applicable)
* Total number of first/graded attempts
* Average grade for first/all attempts
* Median grade
* Standard deviation of grades
* [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Skewness Skewness] and [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kurtosis Kurtosis] of the grade distribution
* Coefficient of internal consistency (sometimes called [http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cronbach%27s_alpha Cronbach Alpha]) - This is a measure of whether all the items in the quiz are testing basically the same thing. Thus it measures the consistency of the text, which is a lower bound for the validity. Higher numbers here are better.
* Error ratio - the variation in the grades comes from two sources. First some students are better than others at what is being tested, and second there is some random variation. We hope that the quiz grades will largely be determined by the student's ability, and that random variation will be minimised. The error ratio estimates how much of the variation is random, and so lower is better.
* Standard error - this is derived from the error ratio, and is a measure of how much random variation there is in each test grade. So, if the Standard error is 10%, and a student scored 60%, then their real ability probably lies somewhere between 50% and 70%.
[[File:Quiz_results_statistics_information.png|thumb|center|Example of quiz information section]]

====Quiz structure analysis====

This section lists all the questions in the quiz with various statistics in a table format.

* '''Q#''' - shows the question number (position), question type icon, and preview and edit icons
* '''Question name''' - the name is also a link to the detailed analysis of this question (See Quiz Question Statistics below).
* '''Attempts''' - how many students attempted this question.
* '''Facility Index''' - the percentage of students that answered the question correctly.
* '''[http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Standard_deviation Standard Deviation]''' - how much variation there was in the scores for this question.
* '''Random guess score''' - the score the student would get by guessing randomly
* '''Intended/Effective weight''' - Intended weight is simply what you set up when editing the quiz. If question 1 is worth 3 marks out of a total of 10 for the quiz, the intended weight is 30%. The effective weight is an attempt to estimate, from the results, how much of the actual variation was due to this question. So, ideally the effective weights should be close to the intended weights.
* '''Discrimination index''' - this is the correlation between the score for this question and the score for the whole quiz. That is, for a good question, you hope that the students who score highly on this question are the same students who score highly on the whole quiz. Higher numbers are better.
* '''Discriminative efficiency''' - another measure that is similar to Discrimination index.

:Where random questions are used, there is one row in the table for the random question, followed by further rows, one for each real question that was selected in place of this random question.
:When quiz questions are randomized for each quiz, the quiz module determines a default position.
:[[:dev:Quiz_statistics_calculations|Quiz statistics calculations]] gives further details on all these quantities.
[[File:Quiz_results_statistics_structure_analysis.png|thumb|center|Example of statistics structural analysis section]]
====Quiz statistics chart====
[[File:Quiz_results_statistics_chart.png|thumb|center|Chart example]]

===Quiz question statistics===
Navigation > quiz's name > Results > Statistics (click on any question title)
It is possible to see the statistics for one question on a single page. This view will also tell you what percentage of quiz takers selected each answer (Analysis of responses) and give you basic information about the question.

*Question information- The basic information about the question, the name of the quiz, the question, the question type, the position in the quiz and the question itself. There are preview and edit icons in this page.
*Question statistics - This repeats the information from the table row from the Quiz structure analysis that relates to this question.
*Report options - You can choose whether to run the report on all attempts, or just the first attempt by each student. Some of the calculations used in the report are based on assumptions that may not apply to quizzes that allow more than one attempt.

'':Tip:'' Computing the statistics takes some time, the report will store the computed values and re-use them for up to 15 minutes. Therefore, there is a display of how recently the statistics were calculated, with a button to recalculate them immediate

<gallery>
File:Quiz_results_statistics_individual_question_preferences.png|Individual question page preferences
File:Quiz_results_statistics_individual_question_information.png|Individual question's information
File:Quiz_results_statistics_individual_question_statistics.png|Individual question's statistic information
</gallery>

====Analysis of individual question responses====

This gives a frequency analysis of the different responses that were given to each part of the question. The details of the analysis depends on the question type, and not all question types support this. For example, essay question responses cannot be analyzed.

[[File:Quiz_results_statistics_individual_question_analysis_responses.png|thumb|center|Individual question's responses statistic information]]

== See also ==

* https://docs.moodle.org/dev/Quiz_statistics_calculations
* [https://docs.moodle.org/dev/Quiz_report_statistics https://docs.moodle.org/dev/Quiz_report_statistics] on the Developers documentation
* [https://wiki.umontreal.ca/download/attachments/92832287/Brief_Guide_to_iCMA_reports.pdf?version=1&modificationDate=1399917582000&api=v2 A brief guide to what the statistics mean, from the Open University]

[[de:Test-Statistik]]
[[es:Quiz_statistics_report]]

User tours

2017-12-20T11:53:37Z

TimHunt:

{{Site appearance}}
User tours are step-by-step guides to various areas of Moodle. The [[Multi-language_content_filter| multi-lang filter]] allow for tours to display in different languages. Watch the screencast [https://youtu.be/hhLVvyP3DU0 User tours] to see a demonstration.

==How is it set up?==
* As an administrator, access 'User tours' from Site administration, Appearance.
*Here you see any existing user tours and have the option to create a new tour, import a tour or browse user tours on the [https://moodle.net/mod/data/view.php?id=17 Moodle.net User tours repository]. (An administrator and a teacher tour have been added to new and upgraded sites to introduce the [[Boost theme]] and get you started.)
[[File:usertour_listing_page.png|thumb|600px|center]]
*For each of your existing tours, you can click either directly on its name or on its View action icon to view its current listed steps
*Each tour can be individually enabled or disabled as required in its settings page.
'''Note:''' ''You can have multiple tours created for the same page destination, but you should only have one per page enabled at one time.''
*Icons against each tour allow you to view, edit, export or delete it.
*Tours will be displayed on any page whose URL matches the specified path value, for instance:
#/my/% - to match the Dashboard
#/course/view.php?id=2 - to match a specific course
#/mod/forum/view.php% - to match the forum discussion list
#/user/profile.php% - to match the user profile page
#FRONTPAGE to use the tour on your site's home page.
*Each tour will be configured with default step settings which you can edit in the settings page:
*Placement: Top, Bottom (Default), Left, Right. This determines where the step shows relative to its matching block or CSS selector on the page.
*Show if target not found: No (Default), Yes. This determines whether the step is shown or not when the target has not been found.
*Show with backdrop: No (Default), Yes. If yes, the step appears surrounded by a darkened backdrop to emphasis its content and location.
*Move on click: No (Default), Yes. If yes, the tour continues to the next step when the user clicks within the block or area targeted by the current step.
'''Note:''' ''If you want users to be able to fill in forms as they work through the tour, then don't use a backdrop.''
*Tour filters allow you to choose the role(s) and theme(s) for which the tour will be displayed.

==How do I add steps to a tour ?==
* Either click directly on its name or on its View action icon to view the currently listed steps.
*Here are the initial steps for a sample tour for the Dashboard page:
[[File:usertour steps page.png|thumb|600px|center]]
*Click on the 'New step' link and select what you want to highlight:
#Block - to display next to a matching block on the page. Select the block you want from the dropdown. (''Note you can select blocks which are not available on your chosen area. If they are later added, then the tour will display that step.)''
#CSS Selector - to display next to a matching selector on the page. Type in the relevant selector. (See examples below.)
#Display in the middle of the page
*Add the title and content
*For all types, select whether to display the step with a darkened backdrop
*For blocks or selectors, select the Placement option for where to place the display
*For blocks or selectors, select whether to display the step if its target isn’t found
*For blocks or selectors, select whether to move on click, ie move to next step when target is clicked
*Click on 'Save changes'

==How do user tours work?==
[[File:usertours01.png|thumb|600px|center]]
Once a user tour has been created and enabled, the first time that any user views a page which matches that user tour’s page (path) settings, the user tour will automatically start to display, starting with the first step. Each tour step will display its title and content, along with three button options:
*Prev - to return to the previous step in the tour
*Next - to go to the next step in the tour
*End Tour - to exit out of the tour completely
Any time a user wishes to re-run the page's tour, they can click on the "Reset user tour on this page" link at the bottom of the page.
==Filters==
Tours may be filtered to display depending on:
*Role
*Theme
and {{New features}}
*Category
*Course
*Course format

==Help with CSS selectors==
If you wish to use CSS selectors as part of your user tour, your browser's developer tools will be very useful in helping you create these selectors:
*[https://developer.chrome.com/devtools#dom-and-styles Google Chrome]
*[https://developer.mozilla.org/en-US/docs/Tools/DOM_Property_Viewer Mozilla Firefox]
*[https://developer.microsoft.com/en-us/microsoft-edge/platform/documentation/f12-devtools-guide/ Microsoft Edge]
*[https://developer.apple.com/library/content/documentation/AppleApplications/Conceptual/Safari_Developer_Guide/ResourcesandtheDOM/ResourcesandtheDOM.html#//apple_ref/doc/uid/TP40007874-CH3-SW1 Apple Safari]

===Example of a very simple CSS selector===

[[File:CSS_selector_for_user_picture_in_a_user_tour.png|400px]]

The settings above will produce this in the user tour:

[[File:user picture chosen by CSS selector in a user tour.png|400px]]

* How did we know that .userpicture would select just the Moodle user picture?
* By looking at the page with an HTML inspector in Firefox, as described in the 'Help with CSS selectors' section above.

===Other simple CSS selector examples===
'''.breadcrumb''' These site links (known as breadcrumbs) will always show where you are in the site and how to return to a main page, such as your Dashboard or your course main page.

'''.usermenu''' This is the user menu. It contains links to your Dashboard, Messages, Profile, and your Preferences.

'''[value="Customise this page"]''' Add your own blocks of content by clicking here!

==Multi-language capability==

If your Moodle site is already set up or intending to be enabled for multi-lingual usage, tours are completely compatible with this requirement. Using the multi-lang filter formatting, each tour step’s titles and content, displayed to the user, can be edited to cater for multi-lingual requirements. Please see [[Multi-language_content_filter]] for further detailed instructions on how to enable, format and submit multi-lingual strings for your Moodle site.

Please remember to go to '' Dashboard ► Site administration ► Plugins ► Filters ► Manage filters '' in order to enable the [[Multi-language_content_filter]] before importing any multi-language user tours into your site, or the users will see ALL the texts in ALL the languages simultaneously, as the following image illustrates:

[[File:Multilang user tour when multilang filter NOT properly configured.png|300px]]

When properly configured, a multi-language user tour will be automatically displayed in the user's preferred language, as seen in the following Dashboard tours starting pages in Spanish, English and French (in the same server):

[[File:Multilang user tour in Spanish.png|300px]]

[[File:Multilang user tour in English.png|300px]]

[[File:Multilang user tour in French.png|300px]]

==Translating user tours==
See [https://docs.moodle.org/dev/Translating_User_tours_from_Moodle.net how to translate user tours] in the developer's documentation..

==A note about user tours and keyboard focus (tab stops)==

If you test your user tour with the keyboard, you may notice that sometimes there appear to be two tab stops where there should be one. For example if you have the HTML

<pre>
<div class="my-link">
<a href="https://moodle.org/">Example link</a>
</div>
</pre>

and use the CSS selector <tt>.my-link</tt> for your tour step, then, while the tour is visiible, it will appear that there are two tab stops for the one link. This is because the target of the tour is always made into a tab stop.

The way to avoid this is to target the tour at the link itself in your tour, using <tt>.my-link a</tt>. The same thing applies in other similar situations.

==Sharing is caring==

We really hope that you are able to create some really powerful tours to help guide your users around your site. We certainly think you will and we encourage you to share any of the tours you create with others.

We've created a [https://moodle.net/mod/data/view.php?id=17 Moodle.net User tours repository] where you can share your creations and also find inspiration from the ideas of others.

This work was paid for and sponsored by the kind folk of [http://www.dcu.ie/ Dublin City University].

==User tour capabilities==

There is just one capability, which is allowed for the default role of manager:

* [[Capabilities/tool/usertours:managetours|Create, edit and remove user tours]]

==See also==

* [http://jsonlint.com/ JSONLint - a JSON validator] useful for checking the workings of a JSON file
* [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=357009 How to go to HTML Blocks in User Tour?] forum discussion

[[es:Tours para Usuarios]]
[[fr:Visites guidées]]
[[de:Geführte Touren]]

Manual install on Windows 7 with Apache and MySQL

2017-09-22T12:55:15Z

TimHunt: /* Step 3: Install PHP */

{{Installing Moodle}}
These are instructions for installing on Windows 7 desktop (they may also be useful for a server install with some thought to security) using individual components rather than a one click installer. This is intended only as a testing/evaluation install via 'localhost'. Proper server configuration and security is not considered.

'''NOTE''': This assumes that you are comfortable with administering a Windows system and can use the command line. I never use Windows and I managed, but this may not be the quickest or most efficient way to do things. Make sure your Windows installation is in good shape, you clear out all the junk and stuff making it run slower (because installing all this server software certainly isn't going to make it run faster!) and that you have installed any outstanding updates.

'''ANOTHER NOTE''': Watch out for the irritating "Do you want this program to get control of your computer" window that comes up at various stages. Sometimes it didn't appear but you do see a shield dimly flashing in the task bar. Click and say yes.

==Step 1: Install MySQL==

*Install the MySQL database server on your PC. We will do this using the 'MSI' one-click installer for Windows. Go to http://dev.mysql.com/downloads/ and download the 'MySQL Installer for Windows'. At the time of writing this was from a very obvious graphic at the top of the screen (which I missed the first time).
*Run the installation. Click...
** Install MySQL products
** Accept the license
** Allow the version check (optional)
** At 'Choose a Setup Type' accept the "Developer Default" and click Next
** A number of downloads of required software may be identified. Click Execute and follow onscreen instructions to install them.
** At 'Installation progress' screen, hit Execute - the MySQL software will be installed
** At 'Configuration overview' hit Next to go to the basic configuration screen.
** Accept all the defaults on the 'MySQL Server Configuration' and hit Next.
** On the password screen, supply a password for the 'root' (main administrator) user. Make sure it's one you won't forget. You can also create a 'User' account just for Moodle with more restricted access if you like. This would be good practice on a public server but just using the 'root' user will suffice for testing.
** On the Service details page, accept the defaults and hit Next and then Next a couple more times for the configuration progress.
** Click Finish. Job done.
* MySQL Workbench will open. Under Server Administration (right hand column, double click 'Local MySQL56' (or whatever you called it). A box should pop up asking for the root password. Enter the password you supplied
* The server management screen should appear. You don't have to worry too much about this. It just shows the install is working.

==Step 2: Install Apache==

* Install the Apache web server on your PC. Go to http://www.apachelounge.com/download/. Scroll down the page until you find the download for the 'Apache 2.4 win32 binaries' and download. You need to be careful that the module dll in PHP matches the version of Apache you install. Apache won't load otherwise.
* Unzip the file into C:\. You should end up with a directory 'Apache24' (or whatever the latest version is).
* Find Start > All programs > Accessories > Command Prompt...... BUT, right click, and select 'Run as administrator'.
* Enter the following commands

cd \Apache24\bin
httpd -k install
httpd -k start

...you may well get a warning about the server name. Don't worry about it. Don't close this window, you will need it again in a minute.
* To test it worked type 'http://localhost' into your browser. You should get a screen up to the effect that Apache is installed and working.

==Step 3: Install PHP==

* Now install the PHP scripting language on your PC. Go to http://www.php.net/download. In the current stable release section click on link for Windows 5.x.x binaries and source. Scroll down to the newest 'Zip' for '''VC14 x86 Thread Safe''' (non thread safe doesn't have the Apache dll. the VC version may be different, and you may need x64 version) PHP (again, the newest versions of PHP didn't have this but it shouldn't matter) and download. *Don't* be tempted to use the Microsoft Installer version; it won't work.
* Open the zip file and extract to C:\PHP\
* In a console window, type php -v to see if it worked. (You may need to set up your PATH. Alos, if you get weired error messages, or no error messages at all, read the bit on the left of http://windows.php.net/ where it talks about installing "C++ Redistributable for Visual Studio")

==Step 4: Configure Apache and PHP==

You now need to edit Apache's httpd.conf file. In the file explorer navigate to C:\Apache24\conf\httpd.conf. Open it in Notepad . At the end of this file (or wherever you like if you want to be more organised) add the following lines:

LoadModule php5_module "C:/PHP/php5apache2_4.dll"
AddHandler application/x-httpd-php .php
PHPIniDir C:/PHP

The version of the module file matters (2_4 in this case). It MUST match the Apache version installed.

In the same file. Search for the line starting '''DirectoryIndex'''. Change it as follows

DirectoryIndex index.php index.html

Now, navigate to C:\PHP, and copy php.ini-development to php.ini. Edit this file, find the following lines and modify them as follows (all should exist already):

memory_limit = 256M
post_max_size = 128M
upload_max_filesize = 128M

You need to specify the extensions required for Moodle. Find the 'Dynamic Extensions' section and change the following lines (uncomment and add the correct path):

extension=c:/php/ext/php_curl.dll
extension=c:/php/ext/php_gd2.dll
extension=c:/php/ext/php_intl.dll
extension=c:/php/ext/php_mbstring.dll
extension=c:/php/ext/php_mysqli.dll
extension=c:/php/ext/php_openssl.dll
extension=c:/php/ext/php_soap.dll
extension=c:/php/ext/php_xmlrpc.dll

(these are a minimum. You may need others - e.g. LDAP - for specific functions)
...and save.

Back in the 'cmd' window for Apache, you need to restart it to load your changes...

httpd -k restart

==Step 5: Test your install==

Navigate to C:\Apache24\htdocs and create a file called 'test.php'. I had to change a file explorer setting to create .php files - Organise > Folder and search options > View and then untick 'Hide extensions for known file types'.

In this file enter the single line...

<?php phpinfo();

And then, in your browser, navigate to http://localhost/test.php. You should see a screen with masses of information and the PHP logo at the top. Check a few lines down for 'Loaded Configuration File' and make sure it says c:\php\php.ini.

That's PHP and Apache all working :)

==Step 6: Install Git==

We will use the Git version control system for loading and updating the Moodle software. If you really don't want to do this you can just download the latest Moodle zip file and unzip it in c:\Apache24\htdocs but Git makes updates MUCH easier. We need to install Git first...
* Go to http://msysgit.github.com. Navigate to 'Downloads' and download/run the latest installer.
* Accept defaults until you get to 'Adjusting your PATH environment'. Select 'Run Git from the Windows Command Prompt' at this point.
* Accept remaining defaults and install
* If you right click on folders in the file explorer you should now see additional Git commands.

==Step 7: Install Moodle==

* In the file explorer navigate to C:\Apache24\htdocs.
* Inside the folder, right click and select Git GUI
* Select 'Clone existing repository'
* Use the following settings for the clone...

Source location: https://github.com/moodle/moodle.git
Target directory: C:/Apache24/htdocs/moodle

(You can also try ''git://git.moodle.org/moodle.git''. Depending on your firewall situation one may work and the other not. The code is the same.)
* Click 'Clone'. Depending on your network speed, this may well take a while as the whole Moodle history is being downloaded.
* You should now have a 'moodle' directory inside 'htdocs. Right click and select 'Git GUI' again - a more complex screen should now appear
* Click on the 'Branch' command and then 'Checkout...'.
* Select the version of Moodle you want from the list, probably origin/MOODLE_24_STABLE. Make sure 'Tracking branch' is selected and click Checkout.
* Create a data directory for Moodle. It can be anywhere you like but I used C:\moodledata. Just create an empty folder
* Go to http://localhost/moodle. The language select page should come up and you are away. The installation is not covered in detail here but...
** Data directory is C:\moodledata (or whatever you created)
** Database user is 'root' (unless you created a more restricted user)
** Database password is whatever you set installing MySQL

That should be it! Time for a cup of tea.

==Upgrading Moodle==

Quiz FAQ

2017-02-16T10:31:28Z

TimHunt: /* How can I randomly generate a quiz from a larger question bank? */

{{Quiz}}
==General==

===How can I try a quiz before it is released?===

You have prepared a quiz exam for your students. It is currently in a hidden state. The exam opens on the day of the exam, at a time that the students know about. However, to satisfy yourself that it is doable in the time allotted, You wish to do a dry run yourself before that date. How can You accomplish this?

Method 1: Use the Preview feature available to you as a teacher as you are making the quiz.

Method 2:

# Make a dummy account with a name like "Test Student".
# Enrol that user in the course as a student.
# Add a "User override" to the quiz, so "Test Student" can attempt the quiz before it is open to everyone else.
# Log in as "Test student".
# Attempt the quiz.
# Log back in as teacher.
# Review the attempt.
# Go to Results -> Grades and delete the test attempt.
# Un-enrol "Test Student" from your course.

Method 3: Set up a Moodle Playground course for your teachers. Add teachers with dual role (teacher and student). Teachers can later copy the quiz/assignment/whatever over to their live class.

===How can I enable notification of quiz submissions?===

See [[Quiz submission notification]].

===How do I send a bulk message to all students who haven't completed a quiz?===
*From your navigation block, click ''Reports>Course participation''
*From the drop down, choose your quiz.
*In ''Show only'', choose "Student" and in ''Actions'', choose "post"
*In the list that appears, tick/check the boxes next to those you wish to message.
*In the bottom dropdown ''With selected users'', choose "send message"

[[File:quizemail.png]]

===How can build a quiz that picks X questions randomly from a larger question bank?===
See the section on adding random questions in [[Building Quiz]].

===How can I print a copy of a quiz?===

Use your browser printer option (for example by right-clicking and selecting Print) When a student prints their finished quiz, responses and feedback will also be printed.

[[File:browserquizprint29.png|thumb|center|400px|Print preview of finished quiz - Click to enlarge]]

You can also export the question as Moodle XML, or GIFT format. If you open either of those files in a text-editor, you should be able to see most of the details of each question.

=== How can I optimize a Moodle server for performing more concurrent quizzes? ===

See [[Performance recommendations]].

==Setup==

===Why am I no longer allowed to add or remove questions?===
Most likely it is because you have students that have already attempted the quiz. You will need to delete all of the attempts by selecting them and choosing to delete them if you need to add/remove questions from a quiz.

If you are developing a new quiz where the attempts have just been trials then deleting the previous attempts will have no consequences in the grade book.

There are several ways of getting to the “attempts #” which you need to click on to delete the previous attempts. Use which ever works for you.
#Click on the quiz that you want to amend. It will take you to a page with “attempts #" at the top.
#If you are on a page with this message “You cannot add or remove questions because the quiz has been attempted (attempts #)” Click on "attempts #".
#If you have navigated away from the page with the message go to the Settings block > Quiz Administration > Edit Quiz.
Whichever way you find “attempts #” click on it and you will go to a page with a drop down menu at the top. Select “all users who have attempted the quiz”. There are several other click boxes select whatever applies to your situation.
Click “Show Report” and then “select all”. Click “Delete selected attempts” and confirm selection.

Go back to Quiz Administration > Edit Quiz and you will now be able to add or delete questions.

===How can I remove a problem question after the quiz has been taken?===

You can not remove a question once a quiz has been taken by one student or more. However you can change the score and flag the question so you know it has problems.

Set the score for that question to 0.
*Caution: In some versions of Moodle if you use this question in an other quiz, this will potentially change the question in that quiz as well. A trick is to score the question as 0, then regrade the just completed quiz. This will establish the new grade for gradebook. Now go back and change the score to the original value.

Find the question in Question Bank. Maybe edit the title (e.g. 'Do not use in Bio101'). Or if you do not share the question category with other teachers, create a sub category, move the offending question there, and perhaps create a better question to replace the one you just moved. Create a new quiz and if necessary hide the old one.
*Caution: if other departments or teachers use a question category it might be wise to check with the team before moving or changing any question. This is one reason importing questions in a course is a good best practice in some situations.

===How can I turn off glossary auto-linking in a quiz? ===
*In the Quiz administration settings block there will be a link "filter".
*Click the link and you will have the option to disable filters just for that particular quiz:

==Attempts==

===How can I give particular students extra time or numbers of attempts?===
*In the Quiz administration there is a link "User overrides"
*Click this link and you will be able to choose one or more users and change quiz dates, times or number of attempts.

[[File:quizuseroverride.png]]

===Can I have different start times/timings/numbers of attempts for different groups?===
*In the Quiz administration settings block, there is a link "group overrides" that allows you to do things like grant extensions to certain groups of students.
*Click this link and you will be able to select your groups and change the quiz dates, times and number of attempts:

[[File:quizgroupoverride.png]]

===What happens if students submit answers after the quiz closing date?===
It is possible for students to still submit answers after the quiz has closed (for example if they started the attempt before the closing date but then took a long time before submitting). These responses are stored by the quiz module, but the students are not given any credit for them. The teacher can see these answers when reviewing the student's attempts and can give the student credit for them by manually entering a grade in the gradebook. Also the teacher could change the closing date after the fact and regrade the attempts. The students' answers would then get graded.

===How can a "Never submitted quiz" attempt be submitted?===
Currently there is no way to retrieve an attempt that was "Never Submitted", and get it back into the "In progress" state. Perhaps the best solution is to plan ahead and set your quiz to set your quiz to be submitted automatically. Alternatively, you can
# Update the quiz : set the "close the quiz" date after today
# Set "When time expires" to "There is a grace period ..."
#Under Grade set "Attempts allowed" to "unlimited"
#Question behavior: Each attempt builds on the last "Yes"
# Invite the students who did not close their exams
# Allow them to start a new attempt, and close it immediately.

===Why can't people (guests) attempt a quiz without creating an account and logging in?===

This is difficult to implement for technical reasons.

To explain: The quiz has to link all information about an attempt to a particular 'user' record in the database, and each user can only have one open quiz attempt at a time. All not-logged-in users share the same 'guest' user database record. Therefore, two guests could not attempt the quiz at the same time, and even if they could, it would be difficult to prevent one guest seeing another guest's attempts.

Of course, given enough work, it would be possible to change some of those assumptions, and so make it possible for guests to attempt quizzes. Indeed, some of the obstructions to implementing this have already been removed while doing other work on the quiz, but there is still some way to go. If you would like to see this implemented, please vote for MDL-17892.

A workaround is to create a visitor account, say with username = guest, password = visitor, for everyone to share.

===How can I prevent a student from reviewing or jumping around questions in a quiz?===
You can block the quiz navigation block and the summary of quiz page with CSS code in a theme. However, if a student fails to answer a question, they will not know if you implement this "solution". Also if others on the site do not want this patch, make sure the theme you select for the course is not used by others.

For example using the Afterburner theme, enter this in the CSS code area:

:div#mod_quiz_navblock {visibility:hidden;}
:table.quizsummaryofattempt {visibility:hidden;}

There are other CSS solutions.

===How can I force my students to answer all the question in a quiz before they submit?===

There are various ways to answer this:
# You can't.
# Your students are not stupid. They know they will get zero marks for any question they do not answer, so they already have a strong incentive to answer every question. Furthermore, at the end of the quiz there is the summary page where they can easily check that they have answered all the questions before they submit, so they won't accidentally miss questions.
# OK, so you want us to write code that won't let students submit before they have answered each question. Well, all that does is forces the student to put random junk like "asdf" into each question before they click the button, or randomly make a choice in each multiple choice question. There is no educational benefit in this. You get more meaningful information if students leave those questions blank rather than putting in random responses.

==Grades==

===Why is my quiz not displaying in the gradebook?===

Check that you have a maximum score that is more than 0 - if your score is 0, then the quiz will not appear in the gradebook.

===I've entered quiz grades manually in the gradebook. How can I allow students to improve on these grades?===

When a grade is entered directly in the gradebook, an "overridden" flag is set, meaning that the grade can no longer be changed from within the quiz.

However, the flag can be removed by turning editing on in the [[Grader report|grader report]], then clicking the edit grade icon, unchecking the overridden box and saving the changes.

===How can I set a grade to pass?===

See the section 'Setting a grade to pass for a quiz' in [[Activity completion settings]] for details.

===How can I have a quiz that is not graded?===

# On the quiz editing page, set the score for each question, and the total score for the quiz to 0.
# On the quiz settings page, there is a grid of check-boxes. Turn off all the ones in the score column.

==Appearance==

===How can I turn off question flagging?===
By default, flags are available in quiz questions.

[[File:flag.png]]

There is a capability attached to this: [[Capabilities/moodle/question:flag]]. Remove this capability from roles that you don't want to see the flags. You can either do that by editing the role definitions globally, or by overriding the permissions in just one quiz or course.

===How can I hide the number of marks available for each question?===

This is not really possible unless you are prepared to edit the code.

If you have a custom theme, you can add CSS like this:
<code css>
.que .info .grade { display: none; }
</code>
or you could try to make it more specific, and only hide the grade before the question is answered:
<code css>
.que.answersaved .info .grade,
.que.invalidanswer .info .grade,
.que.notyetanswered .info .grade { display: none; }
</code>
You can also add this CSS using the [[Header_and_footer|Additional HTML admin setting]].

Alternatively, you can alter the PHP code here: https://github.com/moodle/moodle/blob/4de51c25ae227a727dcba7c39f6f644a5d47ce7a/mod/quiz/locallib.php#L1820. Change that line to give the behaviour you want, e.g.
<code php>
$options->marks = self::extract($quiz->reviewmarks, $when,
self::MARK_AND_MAX, self::HIDDEN);
</code>

Be warned that any of these approaches will affect every quiz in the Moodle site.

==Errors==

===I obtain the error 'The number of random questions required is more than are still available in the category!'===

Review your quiz and verify Moodle has enough questions from each category of questions it will be pulling from. You may have inadvertently selected more questions than what exists in the category. Also make sure you're not pulling questions from a category that has zero questions. Because you are picking random questions, rather than a specific question, it may not be apparent at first that you have run out of questions to ask!

==Quiz plugins==

There are a number of ways to extend quizzes, such as adding new reports and questions types. See [https://moodle.org/plugins/browse.php?list=category&id=28 Moodle plugins directory: Plugin type: Quiz].

==See also==

* [[Effective quiz practices]]
* [[Questions FAQ]]

==Any further questions?==

Please post in the [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=737 Quiz forum] on moodle.org.

[[Category:FAQ]]

[[de:Test FAQ]]
[[es:Examen FAQ]]

Configuration file

2017-02-06T15:49:46Z

TimHunt:

{{Installing Moodle}}
The name for Moodle's configuration file is config.php. The file is located in the moodle directory. It is not included in the Moodle download packages and is created by the installation process from the template file config-dist.php (which is included in Moodle packages).

==config-dist.php==
Although the installation process creates the config.php file for you, there may be times when you want to do this yourself. A sample config file, called config-dist.php, is shipped with Moodle.

To get started simply copy config-dist.php to config.php, then edit config.php with you favourite editor. The file is very well commented. The important options (which you must supply) are all nearer the top. Other less common options are further down.

==Setting $CFG->wwwroot correctly==
This setting must be a fixed URL (a string constant) that points to your site. Do not try to set this with any PHP code that can generate a variable URL. This is not supported, can cause strange problems and will stop command line scripts working completely. If your site is accessed from different IP addresses this should be done with a split DNS, see [[Masquerading]]

==Enabling password salting==

See [[Password salting]].

==Including passwords in backups==

Hashed user passwords are no longer saved in backup files containing user data.

If you really need passwords to be saved (in the rare case of restoring a [[Backup of user data|backup with user data]] to a different site), the following line may be added to config.php:

$CFG->includeuserpasswordsinbackup = true;

Note regarding restoring Moodle 2.5 backups to sites with old PHP versions:

Because bcrypt is not supported in PHP versions below 5.3.7, course backups made using the $CFG->includeuserpasswordsinbackup setting on a site using PHP version 5.3.7+ that are subsequently restored to a site with PHP version < 5.3.7 will require a password reset.

==Changing default block layout for new courses==

See [[Block layout]].

==Changing default theme directory location==
The location of theme directories may be altered, using the variables ''$CFG->themewww'' and ''$CFG->themedir''. Themes placed in the directory specified by these variables will then be available for selection using the theme selector.

For example, should you wish to place themes in a subdirectory called 'my_moodle_themes', your config.php might look like this:
<pre>
$CFG->wwwroot = 'http://my.moodle.site.edu';
$CFG->dirroot = '/var/www/my.moodle.site.edu/public_html';
$CFG->themewww = $CFG->wwwroot . '/my_moodle_themes';
$CFG->themedir = $CFG->dirroot . '/my_moodle_themes';
</pre>

==Disabling update notifications==

See [[Notifications]].

==Enabling debugging==

See [[Debugging]].

==Forcing the value of admin settings==

As explained in config-dist.php, it is possible to specify normal admin settings here, the point is that they can not be changed through the standard admin settings pages any more. Just set the value in config.php like:

<code php>
$CFG->showuseridentity = 'email,idnumber,username';
</code>

==See also==

* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=137889 Moodle Salting] forum discussion

[[de:Konfigurationsdatei]]
[[es:config.php]]
[[fr:Fichier de configuration]]
[[ja:設定ファイル]]

Quiz FAQ

2017-02-06T15:47:14Z

TimHunt:

{{Quiz}}

==How can I randomly generate a quiz from a larger question bank?==
See the section on adding random questions in [[Building Quiz]].

==How can I force my students to answer all the question in a quiz before they submit?==

There are various ways to answer this:
# You can't.
# Your students are not stupid. They know they will get zero marks for any question they do not answer, so they already have a strong incentive to answer every question. Furthermore, at the end of the quiz there is the summary page where they can easily check that they have answered all the questions before they submit, so they won't accidentally miss questions.
# OK, so you want us to write code that won't let students submit before they have answered each question. Well, all that does is forces the student to put random junk like "asdf" into each question before they click the button, or randomly make a choice in each multiple choice question. There is no educational benefit in this. You get more meaningful information if students leave those questions blank rather than putting in random responses.

==Can I have different start times/timings/numbers of attempts for different groups?==
*In the Quiz administration settings block, there is a link "group overrides" that allows you to do things like grant extensions to certain groups of students.
*Click this link and you will be able to select your groups and change the quiz dates, times and number of attempts:

[[File:quizgroupoverride.png]]

==Can I have different start times/timings/numbers of attempts for individual students?==
*In the Quiz administration settings block, there is a link "user overrides" that allows you to do things like grant extensions to certain students. Although holding down shift usually lets you choose multiple students, on this page you can only select one student at a time. Therefore, if you need to apply changes to a number of students it may be easier to place them in a group and use "group overrides" to grant extension to them all at once. See: [[Groups]]
*Click this link and you will be able to 'add user overrides' and select the student this applies to and change the quiz dates, times and number of attempts.

==What happens if students submit answers after the quiz closing date?==
It is possible for students to still submit answers after the quiz has closed (for example if they started the attempt before the closing date but then took a long time before submitting). These responses are stored by the quiz module, but the students are not given any credit for them. The teacher can see these answers when reviewing the student's attempts and can give the student credit for them by hand. Also the teacher could change the closing date after the fact and regrade the attempts. The students answers would then get graded.

==Is there a nice way to print a copy of a quiz?==

Yes - use your browser printer option (for example by right-clicking and selecting Print) When a student prints their finished quiz, responses and feedback will also be printed.

[[File:browserquizprint29.png|thumb|center|400px|Print preview of finished quiz - Click to enlarge]]

Other printing options:

* [[Offline quiz activity]] - adds paper-and-pencil multiple-choice quizzes to Moodle. In offline quizzes students mark answers to questions on a sheet of paper (the answer form).
* See [https://github.com/bumoodle/moodle-quiz_papercopy https://github.com/bumoodle/moodle-quiz_papercopy] - Paper Copy quiz report for Moodle - allows an instructor to create and grade printable copies of Moodle Quizzes
* Eoin Campbell has a plugin that may be useful here: https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=qformat_htmltable
* See this [https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=qformat_wordtable Word table format plugin] for exporting questions (including images) in a question bank into a Word file

==Why am I no longer allowed to add or remove questions?==
Most likely it is because you have students that have already attempted the quiz. You will need to delete all of the attempts by selecting them and choosing to delete them if you need to add/remove questions from a quiz.

If you are developing a new quiz where the attempts have just been trials then deleting the previous attempts will have no consequeces in the grade book.

If this is not the case think carefully about how to handle the graded attempts.

There are several ways of getting to the “attempts #” which you need to click on to delete the previous attempts. Use which ever works for you.
#Click on the quiz that you want to amend. It will take you to a page with “attempts #" at the top.
#If you are on a page with this message “You cannot add or remove questions because the quiz has been attempted (attempts #)” Click on "attempts #".
#If you have navigated away from the page with the message go to the Settings block > Quiz Administration > Edit Quiz.
Whichever way you find “attempts #” click on it and you will go to a page with a drop down menu at the top. Select “all users who have attempted the quiz”. There are several other click boxes select whatever applies to your situation.
Click “Show Report” and then “select all”. Click “Delete selected attempts” and confirm selection.

Go back to Quiz Administration > Edit Quiz and you will now be able to add or delete questions.

==How can I turn off glossary auto-linking in a quiz? ==
*In the Quiz administration settings block there will be a link "filter".
*Click the link and you will have the option to disable filters just for that particular quiz:

[[File:quizfilter.png]]

==How can I remove a problem question after the quiz has been taken?==

You can not remove a question once a quiz has been taken by one student or more. However you can change the score and flag the question so you know it has problems.

Set the score for that question to 0.
*Caution: In some versions of Moodle if you use this question in an other quiz, this will potentially change the question in that quiz as well. A trick is to score the question as 0, then regrade the just completed quiz. This will establish the new grade for gradebook. Now go back and change the score to the original value.

Find the question in Question Bank. Maybe edit the title (Do not use in Bio101). Or if you do not share the question category with other teachers, create a sub category, move the offending question there, and perhaps create a better question to replace the one you just moved. Create a new quiz and if necessary hide the old one.
*Caution: if other departments or teachers use a question category it might be wise to check with the team before moving or changing any question. This is one reason importing questions in a course is a good best practice in some situations.

==Can I have a quiz that is not graded?==

Yes:

# On the quiz editing page, set the score for each question, and the total score for the quiz to 0.
# On the quiz settings page, there is a grid of check-boxes. Turn off all the ones in the score column.

==Why is my quiz not displaying in the gradebook?==
*Check that you have a maximum score that is more than 0 - if your score is 0, then the quiz will not appear in the gradebook.

Remember you can tell gradebook not to include the quiz.

==How do I allow a person to retake a quiz if I have it set for 1 attempt?==
*In the Quiz administration settings block, there is a link "user overrides".
*Click this link and you can change the allowed number of attempts for that user.
[[File:quizuseroverride.png]]

==How can I give particular students extra time in a timed quiz?==
*In the Quiz administration settings block there is a link "user overrides"
*Click this link and you will be able to choose one or more users and change the timing of their quiz

[[File:quizuseroverride.png]]

==I've entered quiz grades manually in the gradebook. How can I allow students to improve on these grades?==

When a grade is entered directly in the gradebook, an "overridden" flag is set, meaning that the grade can no longer be changed from within the quiz.

However, the flag can be removed by turning editing on in the [[Grader report|grader report]], then clicking the edit grade icon, unchecking the overridden box and saving the changes.

==How can I enable notification of quiz submissions?==

See [[Quiz submission notification]].

==Why can't people (guests) take a quiz without creating an account and logging in?==

This is difficult to implement for technical reasons.

To explain: The quiz has to link all information about an attempt to a particular 'user' record in the database, and each user can only have one open quiz attempt at a time. All not-logged-in users share the same 'guest' user database record. Therefore, two guests could not attempt the quiz at the same time, and even if they could, it would be difficult to prevent one guest seeing another guest's attempts.

Of course, given enough work, it would be possible to change some of those assumptions, and so make it possible for guests to attempt quizzes. Indeed, some of the obstructions to implementing this have already been removed while doing other work on the quiz, but there is still some way to go.

If you would like to see this implemented, please vote for MDL-17892.

=== Workarounds for allowing guests to see a quiz===
A workaround is to create a visitor account, say with username = guest, password = visitor, for everyone to share.

==Can you explain the error The number of random questions required is more than are still available in the category!==

Review your quiz and verify Moodle has enough questions from each category of questions it will be pulling from. You may have inadvertently selected more questions than what exists in the category. Also make sure you're not pulling questions from a category that has zero questions. Because you are picking random questions, rather than a specific question, it may not be apparent at first that you have run out of questions to ask!

==How do I send a bulk message to all students who haven't completed a quiz?==
*From your navigation block, click ''Reports>Course participation''
*From the drop down, choose your quiz.
*In ''Show only'', choose "Student" and in ''Actions'', choose "post"
*In the list that appears, tick/check the boxes next to those you wish to message.
*In the bottom dropdown ''With selected users'', choose "send message"

[[File:quizemail.png]]

==Can I download the quiz questions in a non-Moodle format?==
You might want to keep a local copy of quiz questions as evidence. While Moodle doesn't offer a built-in method of doing this, suggestions include:
#previewing the quiz, getting to the review page and from your computer, choosing "Save as...webpage complete" and
#exporting the question as Moodle XML, or GIFT format. If you open either of those files in a text-editor, you should be able to see most details of each question. Not very pretty, but accurate.

==How can I turn off question flagging?==
By default, flags are available in quiz questions.

[[File:flag.png]]

There is a capablity attached to this: [[Capabilities/moodle/question:flag]]. Remove this capability from roles that you don't want to see the flags. You can either do that by editing the role definitions globally, or by overriding the permissions in just one quiz or course.

==How do I create system-wide question categories?==
* As an administrator or user with system permissions, go to ''Question bank>categories'' in any course.
*Using the "Add category form" at the bottom of the page, set the parent of the new category to be the system context.

==How can I prevent a student from reviewing or jumping around questions in a quiz?==
You can block the quiz navigation block and the summary of quiz page with CSS code in a theme. However, if a student fails to answer a question, they will not know if you implement this "solution". Also if others on the site do not want this patch, make sure the theme you select for the course is not used by others.

For example using the Afterburner theme: Site Administration >Appearance >Themes >Afterburner and enter this in the CSS code area:

:div#mod_quiz_navblock {visibility:hidden;}
:table.quizsummaryofattempt {visibility:hidden;}

There are other css solutions.

==How can I minimise the load on the server while using quizzes?==
*Try to avoid a lot of students starting a quiz at the same time
*Check these discussions:
**https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=213259
**https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=215641
**https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=215130
* For other notes on performance with quizzes, see the section 'Performance of different Moodle modules' in [[Performance recommendations]].
* See the [https://moodle.org/plugins/mod_exam Exam] incubating additional plugin. This is an activity module for Moodle. It allows the teacher to build quizzes with multiple choice question based on Quiz module. Main purpose of Exam module is to improve performance of quiz and to reduce database overhead, so that a large number of users can attempt quiz simultaneously.

==How can I make the quiz timer "float" or move down the page?==
See this forum thread: [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=210049 How to make the quiz timer float] for one suggestion.

==Why are images not included when exporting quiz questions?==
Images are only included if you export the questions using Moodle XML format. For all other question export formats (including GIFT), you will get broken images. Please see forum post [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=244615 Students not able to see images in exported quiz questions]

==Why does the quiz timer keep counting down when the student is not looking at the quiz?==
It is not possible to stop the timer and start it again. Moodle cannot tell the difference between legitimate reasons for doing this (such as a fire alarm requiring evacuation of the test room) or a student simply using time going to another browser and googling the answers. Nor can Moodle tell if the connection has been lost, although the student does now get a warning MDL-42504

It might be preferable in certain circumstances, such as timed examinations using Quiz, to manually announce the start/end time, rather then rely on the quiz timer.

For further comments see:
* https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=96194
* https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=177180
* https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=237847

==How can a "Never submitted quiz" be submitted?==
Currently there is no way to retrieve an attempt that was "Never Submitted", and get it back into the "In progress" state, but there is a tracker issue MDL-35745. Perhaps the best solution is to plan ahead and set your quiz to set your quiz to be submitted automatically. Failing that, see also this [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=212819 forum thread] which suggests:
# Update the quiz : set the "close the quiz" date after today
# Set "When time expires" to "There is a grace period ..."
#Under Grade set "Attempts allowed" to "unlimited"
#Question behavior: Each attempt builds on the last "Yes"
# Invite the students who did not close their exams
# Allow them to start a new attempt, and close it immediately.

==How can I hide the number of marks available for each question?==

This is not really possible unless you are prepared to edit the code.

If you have a custom theme, you can add CSS like this:
<code css>
.que .info .grade { display: none; }
</code>
or you could try to make it more specific, and only hide the grade before the question is answered:
<code css>
.que.answersaved .info .grade,
.que.invalidanswer .info .grade,
.que.notyetanswered .info .grade { display: none; }
</code>
You can also add this CSS using the [[Header_and_footer|Additional HTML admin setting]].

Alternatively, you can alter the PHP code here: https://github.com/moodle/moodle/blob/4de51c25ae227a727dcba7c39f6f644a5d47ce7a/mod/quiz/locallib.php#L1820. Change that line to give the behaviour you want, e.g.
<code php>
$options->marks = self::extract($quiz->reviewmarks, $when,
self::MARK_AND_MAX, self::HIDDEN);
</code>

Be warned that any of these approaches will affect every quiz in the Moodle site.

==How can a teacher dry run a quiz before it is released?==
* You have prepared a quiz exam for your students. It is currently in a hidden state.
* The exam opens on the day of the exam, at a time that the students know about.
* However, to satisfy yourself that it is doable in the time allotted, You wish to do a dry run yourself before that date.
* How can You accomplish this?

===Method 1===
You can use the Preview feature available to you as a teacher as you are making the quiz.

===Method 2===
* Make a dummy account with a name like "Test Student".
* Enrol that user in the course as a student.
* Add a "User override" to the quiz, so "Test Student" can attempt the quiz before it is open to everyone else.
* Log in as "Test student".
* Attempt the quiz.
* Log back in as teacher.
* Review the attempt.
* Go to Results -> Grades and delete the test attempt.
* Un-enrol "Test Student" from your course.

===Method 3===
* Set up a Moodle Playground course for your teachers.
* Add teachers with dual role (teacher and student).
* This provides them a place to test things out.
* Teachers can later copy the quiz/assignment/whatever over to their live class.

==How can I prevent a student doing a quiz for another student?==
For some ideas on preventing cheating, see the forum thread [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=271100#p1168345 User dependent locking and unlocking of quizzes].

==How can I set a grade to pass?==

See the section 'Setting a grade to pass for a quiz' in [[Activity completion settings]] for details.

==How can students upload images to an Essay question?==
When creating the question, in the section ''Response format'', choose "HTML editor + uploaded files."

==I would like to know if there is such a thing like "quiz as video overlay" in moodle some where?==
If you use [http://discover.techsmith.com/try-camtasia/?gclid=CJGjxND588UCFZAAaQodcRcA8w Camtasia], you can insert questions into the video itself, then export it as a [[SCORM module|SCORM]] package and bring it into Moodle. The quiz questions will automatically be added to the gradebook. See [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=314580#unread this forum post].

==Is there a way to make a face-to-face quiz with all students answering the questions at the same time?==
* See this [https://moodle.org/plugins/view/mod_activequiz Active quiz optional plugin], which is an enhanced plugin, based on the original [https://moodle.org/plugins/view/mod_realtimequiz Realtime quiz optional plugin].

==Is there a way to prevent students who passed a quiz from reattempting it?==
Use the [https://moodle.org/plugins/view/quizaccess_reattemptchecker Reattempt checker] quiz access rule plugin.

==How can I make a neater more beautiful quiz?==
You can move the question information that is usually on a left block to a horizontal position above the question text and thus have a wider area for your question as the following screen:

[[File:Quiz_nicer_layout.png|600px]]

The CSS changes used were:
.que .info {
float: none;
width: auto;
}
.que .info > div {
margin-left: 15px;
margin-right: 15px;
}
.que .info > div {
display: inline;
}
.que .content {
margin: 0 0 0 0;
width: auto;
}
.que .info {
background-color: #eee;
border: 1px solid #bce8f1;
border-radius: 4px;
margin-bottom: -5px;
padding: 8px;
}
.que h3.no {
display: inline;
font-size: 12px;
line-height: 1;
margin-left: 10px;
}

* To make it look like one block you should change:
- border: 1px solid #bce8f1;
- margin-bottom: -5px;

* See the [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=319464 How can I make quizzes neater and more beautiful?] forum thread
* See the [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=237589 How to extend the width of the quiz question area?] and [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=276651 using Essential theme how to move info div in quiz attempt section to the top of question] forum threads

==A nice OU quiz styling snippet==
As posted by Tim Hunt in [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=326139 this forum thread], you can have the Open University code for the navigation block very easily, which will make it look like this:
[[File:quiznav.PNG]]

As opposed to the standard Moodle navigation block:

[[File:oldquiznav.png]]

The necessary CSS is below. You also need to put the three images in [https://moodle.org/pluginfile.php/115/mod_forum/attachment/1311320/pix.zip the attached zip] into the pix folder of your theme.

<code css>
/* Quiz navigation. */
.path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qn_buttons {
margin-right: -14px;
}
.path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton {
font-size: 14px;
line-height: 25px !important;
font-weight: normal;
background-color: #fff;
background-image: none;
height: 45px;
width: 35px;
border-radius: 4px;
border: 0;
margin: 0 5px 5px 0;
}

.path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton .thispageholder {
border: 1px solid #999999;
border-radius: 4px;
z-index: 1;
}

.path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.thispage .thispageholder {
border: 3px solid #1F536B;
}

.path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.flagged .thispageholder {
background: transparent url([[pix:theme|flag-on]]) 20px 0px no-repeat;
}

.path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton .trafficlight {
border: 0;
background: #fff none center 4px / 10px no-repeat scroll;
height: 20px;
margin-top: 25px;
border-radius: 0 0 4px 4px;
}
.path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.notyetanswered .trafficlight,
.path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.invalidanswer .trafficlight {
background-color: #fff;
}
.path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.correct .trafficlight {
background-image: url([[pix:theme|checkmark]]);
background-color: #468847;
}
.path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.blocked .trafficlight {
background-image: url([[pix:core|t/locked]]);
}
.path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.notanswered .trafficlight,
.path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.incorrect .trafficlight {
background-color: #b94a48;
}
.path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.partiallycorrect .trafficlight {
background-image: url([[pix:theme|whitecircle]]);
background-color: #c09853;
}
.path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.complete .trafficlight,
.path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.answersaved .trafficlight,
.path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.requiresgrading .trafficlight {
background-color: #999;
}
</code>

==Can a user build his own quiz in moodle?==
Have a look at the [https://moodle.org/plugins/view/mod_qpractice question practice optional plugin].

==Can I incorporate a progress bar inside a quiz?==
* See the [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=324436 Can I incorporate a progress bar inside a quiz?] forum thread

==Is there a way to restore an accidentally deleted quiz along with its grades?==
Yes. See [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=255382#unread this forum thread].

==Can I configure a late-submission quiz with a penalty?==
* See MDL-4309 and vote for it if you agree. There, Dominique Baur described a workaround and explained with an example:
* Bear in mind that this is only a workaround until a late penalty feature is implemented in Moodle.
* Although this workaround is somewhat laborious to set up, the result is simple to use by the students.
* The method uses only standard features of Moodle and does not require any manager permission. Also, it can be modified easily as required.
* Let us assume that “quiz.MQ” is due on September 10th, 5:00 pm (where MQ stands for Moodle quiz). Late penalties are as follows:
on time = no penalty
late within 48 h = 10 % off
late within 7 days = 30 % off
late more than 7 days = 50 % off

* These penalties define four time periods, for which four late penalty quizzes are defined: quiz.LP0, quiz.LP1, quiz.LP2 and quiz.LP3 (where LP stands for “late penalty”).
* These quizzes are placed conveniently below quiz.MQ on the Moodle page.
* Depending on the lateness, the corresponding late penalty quiz will appear when quiz.MQ is completed.

* The late penalty quizzes consists of one “Short answer” question asking for the student’s initials, with the wildcard “*” as the correct answer. Hence, any answer is correct and it is simple to get one of the following marks depending on lateness:
full mark for quiz.LP0: 100 points (= 100 – 0 penalty)
full mark for quiz.LP1: 90 points (= 100 – 10 % penalty)
full mark for quiz.LP2: 70 points (= 100 – 30 % penalty)
full mark for quiz.LP3: 50 points (= 100 – 50 % penalty)

* In the gradebook, define quiz.WLP as a grade item. This is the grade for quiz.MQ with the late penalty taken into account (WLP stands for "with late penalty taken into account"). In “Categories and items” of “Grade administration”, define the formula for quiz.WLP as:
=[[quiz.MQ]]*max([[quiz.LP0]];[[quiz.LP1]];[[quiz.LP2]];[[quiz.LP3]])/100
where quiz.MQ, quiz.LP0, quiz.LP1, quiz.LP2 and quiz.LP3 are ID numbers.

* Add the following restrictions under “Restricting access” in quiz.LP0 to .LP3. Hide all the conditions (cross the eye) :

* quiz.LP0
** The student must satisfy all the following conditions:
** Date: until 10th September, 17:00
** Grade: quiz.MQ leaving % blank
** Grade: quiz.WLP < 1 %

* quiz.LP1
** The student must satisfy all the following conditions:
** Date: from 10th September, 17:00
** Date: until 12th September, 17:00
** Grade: quiz.MQ leaving % blank
** Grade: quiz.WLP < 1 %

* quiz.LP2
** The student must satisfy all the following conditions:
** Date: from 12th September, 17:00
** Date: until 17th September, 17:00
** Grade: quiz.MQ leaving % blank
** Grade: quiz.WLP < 1 %

* quiz.LP3
** The student must satisfy all the following conditions:
** Date: from 17th September, 17:00
** Grade: quiz.MQ leaving % blank
** Grade: quiz_1.WLP < 1 %

* where:
** “quiz.MQ leaving % blank” insures that the proper quiz.LP0 to .LP3 will appear only when quiz.MQ has been completed.
** “quiz.WLP < 1 %” means that quiz.WLP is still 0 % where it is assumed that students cannot get a mark < 1% for a completed quiz.MQ. This will display quiz.LP0, quiz.LP1, quiz.LP2 or quiz.LP3 as long as it is not completed and will hide it once it is completed (with a brief message saying that it is no longer available).

* Give the same label to quiz.LP0, quiz.LP1, quiz.LP2 and quiz.LP3 such as “Please confirm with your initials” and give corresponding feedbacks such as “You have submitted on time”, “A late penalty of 10 % will be applied”, “A late penalty of 30 % will be applied” and “A late penalty of 50 % will be applied”.

* If a student is late but has a valid justification and should not penalized, his mark for quiz.LP1, .LP2, or .LP3 can easily be changed to 100 in the gradebook in order to cancel the penalty.

* When setting up the workaround, be careful to define Grade items before defining restrictions referring to them. Also, Gradebook formulas containing undefined ID numbers will almost crash the gradebook but it can be corrected and nothing gets lost.

* The workaround can easily be extended to the case where the same deadline and late penalties apply to a series of quizzes. It is slightly more complicated to set up, but works fine.

Dominique Baur has tried this workaround with his students and so far it works quite well.

== How can I include username in the quiz reports? ==

Which bits of information about a user (email, phone, department, etc) to include in the quiz reports is controlled by the 'Show user identity' admin setting which is on the [[User policies]] admin screen.

Username is not an option there, because some people consider it to be a security risk to display it. However, if you force the value of this setting in the [[Configuration file|config.php configuration file]], then you can set something like:

<code php>
$CFG->showuseridentity = 'email,idnumber,username';
</code>

==See also==
*[[Effective quiz practices]]
*[https://moodle.org/plugins/mod_hotquestion hot question] additional plugin to help teachers to collect questions from students in or out of classroom

*Using Moodle forum discussions:
**[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=96326 Removing "Submit all and Finish" button]
**[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=141003 How do you keep people from cheating while taking a quiz?]
**[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=131325 Scientific notation in quiz answers]
**[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=158846 Quiz answers appear in wrong language]
**[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=196206 Random Order Override]

* Related FAQs:
** [[Import and export FAQ]] - for hints on importing questions
** [[XML FAQ]] - for information on creating and importing questions in Moodle XML format

==External links==
* [http://www.alfiekohn.org/teaching/cheating.htm Who is Cheating Whom] article

[[Category:FAQ]]

[[de:Test FAQ]]
[[es:Examen FAQ]]

error/moodle/error question answers missing in db

2016-05-31T06:10:26Z

TimHunt:

This error occurs occasionally when you are restoring a quizzes or question bank that has shared questions. The restore process will look to see if the shared questions already exist in database where the backup is being restored. If they do, it will link to the existing questions in the database, instead of creating new copied of the shared questions. This error occurs when that process fails.

In order to restore the shared questions, all the different parts of the question like question_answer rows (e.g. the choices of a multiple choice question) have to be matched up. This error occurs when the restore process looks in the database for a particular row that matches something in the backup file, and fails to find it.

In the past, more specific causes of this have been tracked down to:
* Unusual combinations of whitespace in the question_answers. (When these are written out to to the XML in the backup file, then read back in, this can change the whitespace so that it no longer matches exactly. However, once we identified that, we changed to code so that this should no longer be a problem.)
* More generally, in MDL-34812, this was linked to questions where text had been pasted from MS Word.

== Possible solutions ==

# Restore the questions manually into your course (or perhaps move them using Export and Import in the question bank) and recreate the quiz.

# Try to work out which particular question is causing the problem. Move the question you suspect into a course on its own in the question bank, then try duplicating that to see if it still triggers the error.

== Other notes ==

The file that is throwing this error is /backup/moodle2/restore_qtype_plugin.class.php around line 159.

[[es:error/moodle/error question answers missing in db]]

Recent blog entries block

2016-04-26T14:47:50Z

TimHunt: Undo revision 123040 by Andres jesus (talk)

{{Blocks}}
This block can be configured to display the last N blog entries, filtered by context. For example, if you are viewing an assignment activity, this block would display the last N blog entries that are associated with that assignment.

==See also==

*[[Blogs]]

[[Category:Blog]]
[[de:Neue Blogeinträge]]
[[es:Bloque de entradas de blog recientes]]

Front page

2016-04-07T08:09:59Z

TimHunt:

{{Site appearance}}
The front page is the initial page seen by someone reaching a Moodle site after or before a login. Typically a student will see [[Courses|courses]], some [[Blocks|blocks]] of information, displayed in a [[Themes|theme]]. In the [[Navigation bar]] and [[Navigation block]] it is called "Home".

A combination of [[Site policies|site policies]], [[Authentication|user authentication]] and [[Front page settings | front page settings]] determine who can get to the front page. And once they get there [[Front Page settings|what they can see]] and [[Roles|what they can do]].

In many ways, a Front Page has similar features and functions to those in a [[Course]]. For example, [[Activities]], [[Resources]] and [[Blocks]] can be added to the Front Page to give it different looks.

[[Image:demositestudentview.png|center| View of a simple Front Page, displaying what a Student might see when logged in]]

==See also==
*[[Front page settings]]
*[[Front page FAQ]]

[[de:Startseite]]
[[es:Portada]]

Category talk:Quick guide

2016-04-04T18:46:27Z

TimHunt: Undo revision 122765 by Apresutti (talk)

I made a Quick Guide/Start for the Moodle Scheduler, which is at " https://docs.moodle.org/500/en/Scheduler_module#Quick_Start_for_the_Moodle_Scheduler ". Can I add it to this list of Quick Guides or can someone add it for me? Sorry if I'm missing something simple.
--[[User:Steven Malikowski|Steven Malikowski]] ([[User talk:Steven Malikowski|talk]]) 04:50, 26 January 2016 (AWST)

Navigation block

2016-04-04T18:45:56Z

TimHunt: Undo revision 122759 by Star2016 (talk)

{{Blocks}}
The navigation block appears on every page of the site. It contains an expanding tree menu which includes Dashboard, Site Pages and Courses. What appears in the navigation block depends on the role of the user, where they are in the Moodle site, and any settings that have been applied globally. See the screencast [http://youtu.be/l5WnSpoLHlIThe Navigation block].

==Overview==
The navigation block has links which can be expanded or collapsed.When logged in, a regular user will see the following as default:

[[File:navblock29.png]]

===Dashboard===
This takes the user directly to their personal [[Dashboard]].

===Site pages===
This expands to show pages and resources available site wide, for example, user blogs and a calendar. Any items which have been added to the front page, such as resources/activities from the Main Menu block, or the Site News will also appear here. Other items depend on the role of the user, so an administrator will see notes, for instance.

[[File:navblockstudentadmin.png]]

=== My courses===
This expands to show the courses the user is enrolled in. An administrator sees this link as "Courses", which expands to the course categories.

===Navigation inside a course===

====Current course====
When user is in a course, this link expands to show each section of the current course and any activities/resources which are in that section.

====My courses====
When a non-admin user clicks this link in a course, it expands to show other courses they are enrolled in.

====Courses====
If the administrator has enabled "show all courses" in ''Administration>Site administration>Appearance>Navigation'', then clicking on this link in a course will take the user to the courses index page course/index.php.

{|
|[[File:24navblock.png|thumb|The navigation block inside a course, showing current courses, my course and (all)courses]]
|}

==Navigation block settings==

An administrator can change navigation settings, such as the default home page, and whether to show course categories in the navigation, in ''Administration > Site administration > Appearance > Navigation''. See [[Navigation]] for details.

==Hiding the navigation block==
* One way to make it harder for students to see other courses they are not enrolled in, is to force the [[Dashboard]], and then hide the navigation block.
* This will push all users to the Dashboard on login, where they will see a list of those courses that they are enrolled in.
* Hiding the navigation block will make it harder for them to find the other courses.

==FAQ==

===Can you change what links are available in the navigation block?===
Currently there are no admin settings to modify what is available in this block except as indicated above. To do this requires a code hack.

This could change. See the discussion here: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=218358 and the tracker item here to do with options to change the settings block: http://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-36585

Or you can always try some contrib (3rd party) Navigation blocks that allow you to setup what is available on the menu.
* [https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=block_fn_my_menu FN My Menu]
* [https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=block_course_menu Course Menu]
* [https://moodle.org/plugins Search for more...]

[[es:Bloque de navegación]]
[[eu:Nabigazioa_blokea]]
[[de:Navigation-Block]]

Navigation block

2016-02-29T11:03:35Z

TimHunt:

True/False question type

2016-02-03T19:35:27Z

TimHunt: /* Penalty factor */

{{Questions}}
A student is given only two choices for an answer in this kind of question: True or False. The question content can include an image or html code.

When feedback is enabled, the appropriate feedback message is shown to the student after the answer. For example, if the correct answer is "False", but they answer "True" (getting it wrong) then the "True" feedback is shown.

Note that the True/False question type in a Lesson module is quite different. It is effectively the same as the Multiple Choice question type in a Lesson, but with only 2 responses. See [[Lesson_module#Multiple_choice]].

==Question set-up==

#Select the question category
#Give the question a descriptive name - this allows you to identify it in the question bank.
#Enter a question in the 'question text' field.
#Select an image to display if you want to add a picture to the question. For the student, it appears immediately after the question text and before the choices.
#Set the 'default question grade' (i.e. the maximum number of marks for this question).
#Set the 'Penalty factor' (see [[True/False_question_type#Penalty_factor|Penalty factor]] below).
#''Moodle 1.7+:'' If you wish, add general feedback. This is text that appears to the student after he/she has answered the question.
# Select the correct answer - true or false.
# Finally, provide feedback for each of the answers 'true' and 'false'.
# Click 'Save changes' to add the question to the category.

=== Penalty factor ===

The 'penalty factor' only applies when the question is used in a quiz using adaptive mode - i.e. where the student is allowed multiple attempts at a question even within the same attempt at the quiz. Then penalty factor for a True/False question is always 1. If the student does not get it right first time, they get no marks.

==See also==
* The additional [[Kprime question type]] - Kprime questions consist of an item stem and four corresponding statements or options. For each option students have to decide whether it is "true" or "false".

[[fr:Question vrai ou faux]]
[[ca:Tipus_de_pregunta_de_verdader/fals]]
[[de:Wahr-Falsch-Fragen]]
[[ja:○/×問題タイプ]]
[[es:Tipo de Pregunta de Verdadero/Falso]]

Quiz FAQ

2016-01-18T11:03:35Z

TimHunt: /* A nice OU quiz styling snippet */

{{Quiz}}

==How can I randomly generate a quiz from a larger question bank?==
See the section on adding random questions in [[Building Quiz]].

==How can I force my students to answer all the question in a quiz before they submit?==

There are various ways to answer this:
# You can't.
# Your students are not stupid. They know they will get zero marks for any question they do not answer, so they already have a strong incentive to answer every question. Furthermore, at the end of the quiz there is the summary page where they can easily check that they have answered all the questions before they submit, so they won't accidentally miss questions.
# OK, so you want us to write code that won't let students submit before they have answered each question. Well, all that does is forces the student to put random junk like "asdf" into each question before they click the button, or randomly make a choice in each multiple choice question. There is no educational benefit in this. You get more meaningful information if students leave those questions blank rather than putting in random responses.

==Can I have different start times/timings/numbers of attempts for different groups?==
*In the Quiz administration settings block, there is a link "group override".
*Click this link and you will be able to select your groups and change the quiz dates, times and number of attempts:

[[File:quizgroupoverride.png]]

==What happens if students submit answers after the quiz closing date?==
It is possible for students to still submit answers after the quiz has closed (for example if they started the attempt before the closing date but then took a long time before submitting). These responses are stored by the quiz module, but the students are not given any credit for them. The teacher can see these answers when reviewing the student's attempts and can give the student credit for them by hand. Also the teacher could change the closing date after the fact and regrade the attempts. The students answers would then get graded.

==Is there a nice way to print a copy of a quiz?==

Yes - use your browser printer option (for example by right-clicking and selecting Print) When a student prints their finished quiz, responses and feedback will also be printed.

[[File:browserquizprint29.png|thumb|center|400px|Print preview of finished quiz - Click to enlarge]]

Other printing options:

* [[Offline quiz activity]] - adds paper-and-pencil multiple-choice quizzes to Moodle. In offline quizzes students mark answers to questions on a sheet of paper (the answer form).
* See [https://github.com/bumoodle/moodle-quiz_papercopy https://github.com/bumoodle/moodle-quiz_papercopy] - Paper Copy quiz report for Moodle - allows an instructor to create and grade printable copies of Moodle Quizzes
* Eoin Campbell has a plugin that may be useful here: https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=qformat_htmltable
* See this [https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=qformat_wordtable Word table format plugin] for exporting questions (including images) in a question bank into a Word file

==Why am I no longer allowed to add or remove questions?==
Most likely it is because you have students that have already attempted the quiz. You will need to delete all of the attempts by selecting them and choosing to delete them if you need to add/remove questions from a quiz.

If you are developing a new quiz where the attempts have just been trials then deleting the previous attempts will have no consequeces in the grade book.

If this is not the case think carefully about how to handle the graded attempts.

There are several ways of getting to the “attempts #” which you need to click on to delete the previous attempts. Use which ever works for you.
#Click on the quiz that you want to amend. It will take you to a page with “attempts #" at the top.
#If you are on a page with this message “You cannot add or remove questions because the quiz has been attempted (attempts #)” Click on "attempts #".
#If you have navigated away from the page with the message go to the Settings block > Quiz Administration > Edit Quiz.
Whichever way you find “attempts #” click on it and you will go to a page with a drop down menu at the top. Select “all users who have attempted the quiz”. There are several other click boxes select whatever applies to your situation.
Click “Show Report” and then “select all”. Click “Delete selected attempts” and confirm selection.

Go back to Quiz Administration > Edit Quiz and you will now be able to add or delete questions.

==How can I turn off glossary auto-linking in a quiz? ==
*In the Quiz administration settings block there will be a link "filter".
*Click the link and you will have the option to disable filters just for that particular quiz:

[[File:quizfilter.png]]

==How can I remove a problem question after the quiz has been taken?==

You can not remove a question once a quiz has been taken by one student or more. However you can change the score and flag the question so you know it has problems.

Set the score for that question to 0.
*Caution: In some versions of Moodle if you use this question in an other quiz, this will potentially change the question in that quiz as well. A trick is to score the question as 0, then regrade the just completed quiz. This will establish the new grade for gradebook. Now go back and change the score to the original value.

Find the question in Question Bank. Maybe edit the title (Do not use in Bio101). Or if you do not share the question category with other teachers, create a sub category, move the offending question there, and perhaps create a better question to replace the one you just moved. Create a new quiz and if necessary hide the old one.
*Caution: if other departments or teachers use a question category it might be wise to check with the team before moving or changing any question. This is one reason importing questions in a course is a good best practice in some situations.

==Can I have a quiz that is not graded?==

Yes:

# On the quiz editing page, set the score for each question, and the total score for the quiz to 0.
# On the quiz settings page, there is a grid of check-boxes. Turn off all the ones in the score column.

==Why is my quiz not displaying in the gradebook?==
*Check that you have a maximum score that is more than 0 - if your score is 0, then the quiz will not appear in the gradebook.

Remember you can tell gradebook not to include the quiz.

==How do I allow a person to retake a quiz if I have it set for 1 attempt?==
*In the Quiz administration settings block, there is a link "user overrides".
*Click this link and you can change the allowed number of attempts for that user.
[[File:quizuseroverride.png]]

==How can I give particular students extra time in a timed quiz?==
*In the Quiz administration settings block there is a link "user overrides"
*Click this link and you will be able to choose one or more users and change the timing of their quiz

[[File:quizuseroverride.png]]

==I've entered quiz grades manually in the gradebook. How can I allow students to improve on these grades?==

When a grade is entered directly in the gradebook, an "overridden" flag is set, meaning that the grade can no longer be changed from within the quiz.

However, the flag can be removed by turning editing on in the [[Grader report|grader report]], then clicking the edit grade icon, unchecking the overridden box and saving the changes.

==How can I enable notification of quiz submissions?==

See [[Quiz submission notification]].

==Why can't people (guests) take a quiz without creating an account and logging in?==

This is difficult to implement for technical reasons.

To explain: The quiz has to link all information about an attempt to a particular 'user' record in the database, and each user can only have one open quiz attempt at a time. All not-logged-in users share the same 'guest' user database record. Therefore, two guests could not attempt the quiz at the same time, and even if they could, it would be difficult to prevent one guest seeing another guest's attempts.

Of course, given enough work, it would be possible to change some of those assumptions, and so make it possible for guests to attempt quizzes. Indeed, some of the obstructions to implementing this have already been removed while doing other work on the quiz, but there is still some way to go.

If you would like to see this implemented, please vote for MDL-17892.

=== Workarounds for allowing guests to see a quiz===
A workaround is to create a visitor account, say with username = guest, password = visitor, for everyone to share.

==Can you explain the error The number of random questions required is more than are still available in the category!==

Review your quiz and verify Moodle has enough questions from each category of questions it will be pulling from. You may have inadvertently selected more questions than what exists in the category. Also make sure you're not pulling questions from a category that has zero questions. Because you are picking random questions, rather than a specific question, it may not be apparent at first that you have run out of questions to ask!

==How do I send a bulk message to all students who haven't completed a quiz?==
*From your navigation block, click ''Reports>Course participation''
*From the drop down, choose your quiz.
*In ''Show only'', choose "Student" and in ''Actions'', choose "post"
*In the list that appears, tick/check the boxes next to those you wish to message.
*In the bottom dropdown ''With selected users'', choose "send message"

[[File:quizemail.png]]

==Can I download the quiz questions in a non-Moodle format?==
You might want to keep a local copy of quiz questions as evidence. While Moodle doesn't offer a built-in method of doing this, suggestions include:
#previewing the quiz, getting to the review page and from your computer, choosing "Save as...webpage complete" and
#exporting the question as Moodle XML, or GIFT format. If you open either of those files in a text-editor, you should be able to see most details of each question. Not very pretty, but accurate.

==How can I turn off question flagging?==
By default, flags are available in quiz questions.

[[File:flag.png]]

There is a capablity attached to this: [[Capabilities/moodle/question:flag]]. Remove this capability from roles that you don't want to see the flags. You can either do that by editing the role definitions globally, or by overriding the permissions in just one quiz or course.

==How do I create system-wide question categories?==
* As an administrator or user with system permissions, go to ''Question bank>categories'' in any course.
*Using the "Add category form" at the bottom of the page, set the parent of the new category to be the system context.

==How can I prevent a student from reviewing or jumping around questions in a quiz?==
You can block the quiz navigation block and the summary of quiz page with CSS code in a theme. However, if a student fails to answer a question, they will not know if you implement this "solution". Also if others on the site do not want this patch, make sure the theme you select for the course is not used by others.

For example using the Afterburner theme: Site Administration >Appearance >Themes >Afterburner and enter this in the CSS code area:

:div#mod_quiz_navblock {visibility:hidden;}
:table.quizsummaryofattempt {visibility:hidden;}

There are other css solutions.

==How can I minimise the load on the server while using quizzes?==
*Try to avoid a lot of students starting a quiz at the same time
*Check these discussions:
**https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=213259
**https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=215641
**https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=215130

For other notes on performance with quizzes, see the section 'Performance of different Moodle modules' in [[Performance recommendations]].
==How can I make the quiz timer "float" or move down the page?==
See this forum thread: [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=210049 How to make the quiz timer float] for one suggestion.

==Why are images not included when exporting quiz questions?==
Images are only included if you export the questions using Moodle XML format. For all other question export formats (including GIFT), you will get broken images. Please see forum post [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=244615 Students not able to see images in exported quiz questions]

==Why does the quiz timer keep counting down when the student is not looking at the quiz?==
It is not possible to stop the timer and start it again. Moodle cannot tell the difference between legitimate reasons for doing this (such as a fire alarm requiring evacuation of the test room) or a student simply using time going to another browser and googling the answers. Nor can Moodle tell if the connection has been lost, although the student does now get a warning MDL-42504

It might be preferable in certain circumstances, such as timed examinations using Quiz, to manually announce the start/end time, rather then rely on the quiz timer.

For further comments see:
* https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=96194
* https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=177180
* https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=237847

==How can a "Never submitted quiz" be submitted?==
Currently there is no way to retrieve an attempt that was "Never Submitted", and get it back into the "In progress" state, but there is a tracker issue MDL-35745. Perhaps the best solution is to plan ahead and set your quiz to set your quiz to be submitted automatically. Failing that, see also this [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=212819 forum thread] which suggests:
# Update the quiz : set the "close the quiz" date after today
# Set "When time expires" to "There is a grace period ..."
#Under Grade set "Attempts allowed" to "unlimited"
#Question behavior: Each attempt builds on the last "Yes"
# Invite the students who did not close their exams
# Allow them to start a new attempt, and close it immediately.

==How can I hide the number of marks available for each question?==

This is not really possible unless you are prepared to edit the code.

If you have a custom theme, you can add CSS like this:
<code css>
.que .info .grade { display: none; }
</code>
or you could try to make it more specific, and only hide the grade before the question is answered:
<code css>
.que.answersaved .info .grade,
.que.invalidanswer .info .grade,
.que.notyetanswered .info .grade { display: none; }
</code>
You can also add this CSS using the [[Header_and_footer|Additional HTML admin setting]].

Alternatively, you can alter the PHP code here: https://github.com/moodle/moodle/blob/4de51c25ae227a727dcba7c39f6f644a5d47ce7a/mod/quiz/locallib.php#L1820. Change that line to give the behaviour you want, e.g.
<code php>
$options->marks = self::extract($quiz->reviewmarks, $when,
self::MARK_AND_MAX, self::HIDDEN);
</code>

Be warned that any of these approaches will affect every quiz in the Moodle site.

==How can a teacher dry run a quiz before it is released?==
* You have prepared a quiz exam for your students. It is currently in a hidden state.
* The exam opens on the day of the exam, at a time that the students know about.
* However, to satisfy yourself that it is doable in the time allotted, You wish to do a dry run yourself before that date.
* How can You accomplish this?

===Method 1===
You can use the Preview feature available to you as a teacher as you are making the quiz.

===Method 2===
* Make a dummy account with a name like "Test Student".
* Enrol that user in the course as a student.
* Add a "User override" to the quiz, so "Test Student" can attempt the quiz before it is open to everyone else.
* Log in as "Test student".
* Attempt the quiz.
* Log back in as teacher.
* Review the attempt.
* Go to Results -> Grades and delete the test attempt.
* Un-enrol "Test Student" from your course.

===Method 3===
* Set up a Moodle Playground course for your teachers.
* Add teachers with dual role (teacher and student).
* This provides them a place to test things out.
* Teachers can later copy the quiz/assignment/whatever over to their live class.

==How can I prevent a student doing a quiz for another student?==
For some ideas on preventing cheating, see the forum thread [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=271100#p1168345 User dependent locking and unlocking of quizzes].

==How can I set a grade to pass?==

See the section 'Setting a grade to pass for a quiz' in [[Activity completion settings]] for details.

==How can students upload images to an Essay question?==
When creating the question, in the section ''Response format'', choose "HTML editor + uploaded files."

==I would like to know if there is such a thing like "quiz as video overlay" in moodle some where?==
If you use [http://discover.techsmith.com/try-camtasia/?gclid=CJGjxND588UCFZAAaQodcRcA8w Camtasia], you can insert questions into the video itself, then export it as a [[SCORM module|SCORM]] package and bring it into Moodle. The quiz questions will automatically be added to the gradebook. See [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=314580#unread this forum post].

==Is there a way to make a face-to-face quiz with all students answering the questions at the same time?==
* See this [https://moodle.org/plugins/view/mod_activequiz Active quiz optional plugin], which is an enhanced plugin, based on the original [https://moodle.org/plugins/view/mod_realtimequiz Realtime quiz optional plugin].

==Is there a way to prevent students who passed a quiz from reattempting it?==
Use the [https://moodle.org/plugins/view/quizaccess_reattemptchecker Reattempt checker] quiz access rule plugin.

==How can I make a neater more beautiful quiz?==
You can move the question information that is usually on a left block to a horizontal position above the question text and thus have a wider area for your question as the following screen:

[[File:Quiz_nicer_layout.png|600px]]

The CSS changes used were:
.que .info {
float: none;
width: auto;
}
.que .info > div {
margin-left: 15px;
margin-right: 15px;
}
.que .info > div {
display: inline;
}
.que .content {
margin: 0 0 0 0;
width: auto;
}
.que .info {
background-color: #eee;
border: 1px solid #bce8f1;
border-radius: 4px;
margin-bottom: -5px;
padding: 8px;
}
.que h3.no {
display: inline;
font-size: 12px;
line-height: 1;
margin-left: 10px;
}

* To make it look like one block you should change:
- border: 1px solid #bce8f1;
- margin-bottom: -5px;

* See the [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=319464 How can I make quizzes neater and more beautiful?] forum thread
* See the [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=237589 How to extend the width of the quiz question area?] and [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=276651 using Essential theme how to move info div in quiz attempt section to the top of question] forum threads

==A nice OU quiz styling snippet==
As posted by Tim Hunt in [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=326139 this forum thread], you can have the Open University code for the navigation block very easily, which will make it look like this:
[[File:quiznav.PNG]]

As opposed to the standard Moodle navigation block:

[[File:oldquiznav.png]]

The necessary CSS is below. You also need to put the three images in [https://moodle.org/pluginfile.php/115/mod_forum/attachment/1311320/pix.zip the attached zip] into the pix folder of your theme.

<code css>
/* Quiz navigation. */
.path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qn_buttons {
margin-right: -14px;
}
.path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton {
font-size: 14px;
line-height: 25px !important;
font-weight: normal;
background-color: #fff;
background-image: none;
height: 45px;
width: 35px;
border-radius: 4px;
border: 0;
margin: 0 5px 5px 0;
}

.path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton .thispageholder {
border: 1px solid #999999;
border-radius: 4px;
z-index: 1;
}

.path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.thispage .thispageholder {
border: 3px solid #1F536B;
}

.path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.flagged .thispageholder {
background: transparent url([[pix:theme|flag-on]]) 20px 0px no-repeat;
}

.path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton .trafficlight {
border: 0;
background: #fff none center 4px / 10px no-repeat scroll;
height: 20px;
margin-top: 25px;
border-radius: 0 0 4px 4px;
}
.path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.notyetanswered .trafficlight,
.path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.invalidanswer .trafficlight {
background-color: #fff;
}
.path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.correct .trafficlight {
background-image: url([[pix:theme|checkmark]]);
background-color: #468847;
}
.path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.blocked .trafficlight {
background-image: url([[pix:core|t/locked]]);
}
.path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.notanswered .trafficlight,
.path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.incorrect .trafficlight {
background-color: #b94a48;
}
.path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.partiallycorrect .trafficlight {
background-image: url([[pix:theme|whitecircle]]);
background-color: #c09853;
}
.path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.complete .trafficlight,
.path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.answersaved .trafficlight,
.path-mod-quiz #mod_quiz_navblock .qnbutton.requiresgrading .trafficlight {
background-color: #999;
}
</code>

==Can a user build his own quiz in moodle?==
Have a look at the [https://moodle.org/plugins/view/mod_qpractice question practice optional plugin].

==Can I incorporate a progress bar inside a quiz?==
* See the [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=324436 Can I incorporate a progress bar inside a quiz?] forum thread

==See also==

Using Moodle forum discussions:

*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=96326 Removing "Submit all and Finish" button]
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=141003 How do you keep people from cheating while taking a quiz?]
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=131325 Scientific notation in quiz answers]
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=158846 Quiz answers appear in wrong language]
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=196206 Random Order Override]

Related FAQs:
* [[Import and export FAQ]] - for hints on importing questions
* [[XML FAQ]] - for information on creating and importing questions in Moodle XML format

==External links==
* [http://www.alfiekohn.org/teaching/cheating.htm Who is Cheating Whom] article

[[Category:FAQ]]

[[de:Test FAQ]]
[[es:Examen FAQ]]

Workshop activity

2016-01-08T11:09:24Z

TimHunt:

{{Activities}}
Workshop is a powerful peer assessment activity. The documentation on '''[[Workshop settings]]''' explains the different options available.

Students submit their own work and then receive a number of submissions from other students which they must assess according to the teacher's specifications. (They may also assess their own work if the teacher requests this.) Text may be typed directly into Moodle's editor, or files of any type may be uploaded, as long as others have the software to view them. See '''[[Using Workshop]]''' for details of the phases involved. The teacher can decide whether to show or hide the identities of the students to each other when assessing is taking place.

Two grades are given and appear in the Gradebook: a grade for the student's own submission and a grade for the quality of their peer assessment skills. See '''[[Workshop grading strategies]]''' for more information.

Workshop is primarily a student-focused activity; however, the teacher may guide the students by providing example submissions for them to try out before assessing their peers and at the end of the workshop the teacher may publish some good (or less good) examples.

For a working example of a workshop activity, see the [http://school.demo.moodle.net/course/view.php?id=59 Celebrating Cultures course in the School Demonstration site.] with the username ''teacher'' and password ''moodle.''

<mediaplayer>http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=8QypkOcAEaE</mediaplayer>

[[de:Workshop]]
[[es:Actividad de taller]]
[[fr:Atelier]]

Effective quiz practices

2015-12-03T10:56:08Z

TimHunt: /* 3. Create the other variants of the first question */

{{Quiz}}
As we’ve seen, Moodle quiz engine is a powerful, flexible tool for monitoring and diagnosing student performance with certain types of knowledge. Using this tool effectively can boost your course’s effectiveness, and promote student performance. While a computer-scored quiz is a different performance than more open-ended assessments, it does give a valuable window onto student thinking, especially when you use good strategies, and a little creativity.

==Quiz strategies==
Of course, using the quiz engine effectively takes some work and practice. The first thing to do is to use effective question design strategies. If you ask good questions, you’ll get useful data about your students’ performance and understanding of the material. Of course, the converse is also true. There is a ton of literature about effective assessment design available. I’ll just highlight a few of the most important ideas.
*Tie each question to a course goal. After all, you want to know whether your students are achieving the goals of the course, so why not ask them directly?
*Try to ask multiple questions about each important idea in the class. This gives you more data points about student understanding.
*When writing a multiple-choice question, be sure each wrong answer represents a common mis-conception. This will help you diagnose student thinking and eliminate easy guessing.
*Write questions requiring your students to think at different levels. Include some recall questions, some comprehension questions and some application and analysis questions. You can determine where students are having problems in their thinking. Can they recall the material, but not apply it?
*Test your questions. After you’ve established an initial question bank, use the system reports to determine which questions are useful, and which aren’t. As you write new questions, give them a lower point value and throw in a few to establish their reliability.

Once you’ve got a few well-written test banks, be sure to use the [[Quiz reports|quiz reports]] and statistics to monitor your classes performance. The detailed reports and statistics available to you are valuable tools for understanding student understanding of the material.

==Creative quiz uses==
With the Moodle quiz engine, it’s easier to utilize educationally sound assessment strategies which would be too difficult to implement with paper and pencil. Most people think of tests as an infrequent, high-stakes activity, like mid-terms and finals. Better strategies involve frequent, low-stakes assessments you and your students can use to guide their performance during the course of the semester.

Creating a series of small mini-tests gives you a very flexible system for gauging performance and keeping students engaged in the class. Here are a few ideas for quick quizzes you can use as part of a larger assessment strategy.

===Chapter checks===
Getting students to complete reading assignments has to be one of the hardest motivational tasks in education. Reading is critical to understanding most material, and fundamental to success in many classes. The problem for most students is there is no immediate reward or punishment for procrastinating on a reading assignment. If you haven’t done the reading for a class discussion, you can either keep quiet, or, as I used to do occasionally, wing it by skimming in class. If you have a lecture course, there’s almost no need to do the reading as the lecturer usually covers most of the material in class anyway.

Creating a little mini-test for each reading assignment solves a number of problems. First, it encourages students to do the reading so they can do well on the quiz. Second, it gives the students feedback on how well they understood the reading assignment. Third, it gives you data about what aspects of the reading students found confusing, and which they have already mastered so you can focus your class activities.

For a reading mini-test, I would recommend setting a limited time quiz students can only take once. Because it’s a low-stakes activity you want students to use for self-assessment, I would also display feedback and correct answers. If you’re concerned about students sharing answers after they’ve taken the quiz, randomize the question and answer order. If you have a test bank, make some of the questions random as well. As an additional assignment, students should write down one question about a question they got wrong, and bring it to class.

===Test practice===
The key to effective practice is to have a realistic practice environment. Many students worry about tests, especially high-stakes tests, because they have no idea what to expect. What question format will you use? How detailed will the questions be? What should they study?

You can help alleviate test anxiety by creating a practice test students can take to help answer these questions. These tests are usually based on old questions similar to the current test questions. Use last year's final as an example test, which will force you into the practice of writing new questions every year. This is a good idea anyway, as you can be sure someone has a copy of last year’s test they are sharing with others.

To set up a practice test, I’d create a zero point test with questions from the year before in random order with random answers. I would also allow students to take the test as many times as they’d like so they can test themselves as much as they need. Display feedback, but not correct answers so it presents more of a challenge.

===Data gathering===

As an expert, you know a lot about your field. Your challenge as a teacher is to translate your knowledge for a novice who doesn’t share your conceptual structure or experience. An example or lecture you think is brilliant may leave your students completely confused. It can be hard to tell what students really understand and what’s leaving them baffled.

A data-gathering quiz is similar to a chapter check, but it takes place after a class meeting or lecture. Your goal is to quickly get some feedback on student understanding of a lecture. What did they really understand? What do you need to spend more time on? I’ve found many instructors have trouble gauging what students find difficult, and what the students find so easy they are bored.

Setting up a post-class data-gathering quiz is similar to creating a chapter check. Set the quiz for a limited time, like a day or two before the next meeting. Allow them to take it once and display feedback and correct answers.

==Quiz security and cheating==

Of course, online testing also presents another chance for the cheaters in your classes to try to game the system. Most online quizzes are meant to be taken at home, or at least outside of class. Students can download the questions and print them out. They can take the tests with other students, or while reading their textbooks.

Fortunately, you can counter many of these strategies, making them more trouble than they are worth to the students. Let’s look at a few strategies for countering most cheating schemes

===Printing and sharing questions===
If you display feedback and correct answers, students can print the results page and share it with their friends. Or they can simply print the questions themselves directly from the quiz. The key to discouraging this behavior is to randomize the question order and the answer order. It makes the printouts a lot less useful. Creating larger question banks and giving tests with random subsets is also an effective strategy. If students can only print a small number of questions at a time, they will need to view the test again and again, then sort the questions to eliminate duplicates.

<blockquote>Warning: Assume there will be printed copies of your questions available to students who want them. Most instructors don’t realize students frequently have copies of old paper based tests, and electronic test delivery is another way for students to get copies of the questions. I know one professor who had over 1100 questions in his online test bank. At the end of the semester, he confiscated a printout from a student. It had every question with the correct answer, neatly formatted and divided by textbook chapter. We decided if students wanted to memorize 1100 questions and answers to the level where they could answer a small number of them displayed at random, then they would have learned more than if they had just studied. Of course, we used timed quizzes and other strategies to minimize using the print-out as a reference manual.</blockquote>

===Using the textbook===
Students will frequently look up the answer to questions in the textbook or a reading. If you are giving a chapter check quiz, then this is what you want them to do. Otherwise, you need to come up with creative ways of making the textbook less directly useful. Timed quizzes are the single most effective tool for eliminating this strategy. A timed quiz requires the students answer the questions in a certain amount of time. If you give enough questions and make the time short enough, they won’t have time to look up all the answers. I usually give about 30 seconds per multiple-choice question. If they answer them faster and have time to look up some answers afterward, I figure they knew enough to deserve to look up an answer or two.

Asking students to apply their knowledge to novel situation can also make a difference. Synthesis and application questions can’t be looked up. Students have to understand the material and apply it creatively to answer the questions. So while they may take the time to review the text, they will still need to try to understand what they’ve read to successfully answer the question.

===Working with friends===
If your students are on the same campus, they may get together in a lab and try to take the quiz together. This is an easy strategy to thwart with random question order, random answer order and questions randomly pulled from a test bank. If my screen doesn’t look like yours, then it’s harder for us to quickly answer all of the questions. A timed quiz also makes it harder for the two of us to cheat if we have different questions and we only have a short amount of time to answer.

===Have someone else take the test===
The old adage goes “On the Internet, no one knows you’re a dog”, and no one knows who is actually taking the test. Students will sometimes pay classmates, or others who have taken the course in the past, to take online quizzes for them. There are two ways to counter this strategy. One, have an occasional proctored exam where students need to show ID. If they haven’t taken the quizzes or done the work until then, they will do poorly on the proctored exam. To eliminate current classmates from taking each others quizzes, only make them available for a short time. You could require everyone take the test within a 2- or 4-hour block. If the test is properly randomized, it will be very difficult to take it more than once during the testing period. The test taker will worry about their own grade first, then about their employer's grade.

Obviously, there are many strategies students can use to cheat. While it would be naïve to assume there isn’t cheating, the vast majority of your students want to succeed on their own merits. The anonymity of the online environment may open up new avenues for the cheaters, but it’s not really much different from your face-to-face classes. A few people will go to great lengths to cheat, but most will be honest as long as it’s not too easy to get away with it. A few precautions will eliminate most of the easy cheats, and the classic strategies will work for the others.

==Robust testing with random variants==

This section describes a good way to help minimise the potential for cheating, and increase the opportunity for students to learn from the feedback by repeated attempts at the quiz. The basic idea is to take each particular question that you were thinking of, and make several slight variants of it. Then use Moodle's random question feature, so that each student gets one of the variants picked at random.

===An example===

A good example of this (although not in Moodle) can be seen at https://students.open.ac.uk/openmark/mu120.m5omdemo/. Take that test once, making a rough note of the questions you are asked. Then after you have done 'End test', do 'Restart entire test' and see that you are asked a different set of questions that have different answers, although they test the same knowledge. This sort of strategy is easier to implement in some subjects than in others.

===How to set this up in Moodle===

Suppose we are going to create a quiz with 6 questions about interpreting diagrams (that is, we are going to try to clone the OpenMark example above). For the fourth question, the closest we will be able to get would be the Image target question type from the Modules and plugins database.

====1. Create a category for each 'question' in the quiz====

As you can see from the screen shot, I have created six appropriately named categories, all neatly grouped inside a parent category. You do this on the 'Categories' tab of the question bank interface.

[[Image:Variants_categories.png]]

====2. Create the first variant of the first question====

Create the first variant of the first question, just like you would create any other Moodle question.

In our example, this might be a Embedded answers (Cloze) question type. The question text might be:

:Below is a plan of a proposed garden. The scale is that each division in the plan represents a length in the garden of 0.5 metres. What is the proposed length and width of the Patio in the garden?
: [[Image:Variants_flowerbed.gif]]
: The Patio is {''CLOZE syntax''} metres by {''CLOZE syntax''} metres.

====3. Create the other variants of the first question====

To easily create a variant, click the duplicate icon next to the first question, then make the changes you need to turn it into the second variant and save it. Repeat this process to create as many variants as you want.

In our example, we might change the word Patio, and the scale factor each division represents 0.5 metres. We would also need to change the answers and the associated feedback in the {''CLOZE syntax''} bits.

====4. Repeat 2. and 3. for the other questions====

The screen shots show the variants of the third question. This one is a bit more of a pain to set up, because each variant will use a different image of a pie chart, so there is a bit more editing to do, and more files to upload to the course files area.

[[Image:Variants_questionsincat.png]]

====5. Add the questions to the quiz====

Once you have created all the questions, add them to the quiz using the 'Add random question' feature. Select the first category (Reading a plan variants). Ensure 'Display questions from sub-categories too' is off. Use the controls at the bottom to Add 1 random question to the quiz.

Repeat for each of the other categories in order.

[[Image:Variants_quiz.png]]

===Comments===

Obviously this is more work to set up (although not three times as much work as creating one quiz). It is up to you to do the cost benefit analysis for your particular quiz. Note that once you have set this up, you are more likely to be able to reuse quizzes in future, because you have reduced the potential for simple copying of answers.

As an alternative to 'Save as new question', you can use Moodle's import and export formats, and copy and paste in your text editor to create variants.

One issue you have to worry about is, are all the variants you have made of each question really equally difficult? Moodle 2.0 will feature a new Statistics report which should help you analyse your quiz results to see how difficult each variant is.

Experience shows that 'a few variants' can normally be taken to be 3 variants. This is enough to ensure that two students working at neighbouring computers will mostly get different questions to each other. More is better (providing you can ensure equal difficulty) but is more work, so you get diminishing returns.

(This section expands some of the advice above under [[#Printing and sharing questions|Printing and sharing questions]]. It also describes how most online assessments at the Open University are constructed. The calculated question type is sometimes another way to implement quizzes like this.)

==See also==

* [http://www.moodlerooms.com/resources/blog/best-practices-30-tips-creating-quiz-questions-0] by Rebecca DeSantis, MSIT, Moodlerooms Instructional Designer (US only)
* [http://www.nbme.org/publications/item-writing-manual-download.html Constructing Written Test Questions For the Basic and Clinical Sciences] by the (US) National Board of Medical Examiners
* [[Safe exam browser]] The Safe Exam Browser can work with Moodle to control what a student can do when in Moodle. To use it, it must be enabled in Settings > Site administration > Development > Experimental > Experimental settings. This adds the choice 'Require Safe Exam Browser' to the 'Browser security' field on the quiz settings form.

[[es:Prácticas Eficaces en los Exámenes]]
[[de:Tests effektiv durchführen]]

Talk:Quiz Time Limit

2015-11-19T19:00:54Z

TimHunt:

Do we need this page? --[[User:Mary Cooch|Mary Cooch]] ([[User talk:Mary Cooch|talk]]) 01:49, 20 November 2015 (AWST)

A few teachers in my University ran into this problem, so I'd vote for YES [[User:German Valero|German Valero]] ([[User talk:German Valero|talk]])

:: Actually, it needs to be updated to explain the 'When time expires' options. Thanks Mary. --[[User:Tim Hunt|Tim Hunt]] ([[User talk:Tim Hunt|talk]]) 03:00, 20 November 2015 (AWST)

Quiz quick guide

2015-11-19T18:56:45Z

TimHunt: /* Quiz settings */

Moodle's Quiz is a very powerful activity that can meet many teaching needs, from simple, multiple-choice knowledge tests to complex, self-assessment tasks with detailed feedback. This quick guide gets you started, but if you really want to make the most of everything a Quiz can do, make sure you study the full '''[[Quiz activity]]''' documentation. For a short video introduction, see also the screencast '''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=N9WYXtg0VxI&list=PLxcO_MFWQBDebq7Jly4p0s85GeAGRVQDk&index=30 Quiz: Automatic grading].'''

==Before you start==
*A Moodle quiz is made up of two parts: (1) a set up page or 'front cover' where you add the criteria for the quiz, such as grading and time limits, and (2) the questions themselves. The questions are stored separately from your quiz in a course [[Question bank]]. This means you can reuse your questions in a later quiz. It also means you could display an empty quiz (a 'front cover' with no questions added) on your course page, so be careful!
*Some people prefer to make their quiz questions separately first and then add them to a quiz 'front cover' later. If you would like that, then look at the documentation on [[Question bank]] or just read on below until we get there!

==Set up the quiz 'front cover'==
*In the course where you want your quiz, turn on the editing and from the Activity Chooser, select 'Quiz'.
*Give it a name and if desired, a description telling students what the quiz is about.
*If you want, you can now scroll down to the bottom of the page, click 'Save and display' and start adding questions. (Go to the section 'Add your questions' below.)
===Default settings for your quiz===
If you don't change anything on the quiz setup page (your 'front cover'), then your quiz will work like this:
**It will not have a time limit and students can take it as many times as they wish, with the recorded grade being their best attempt.
**Each question will be on a different page and they can move freely between previous and later questions.
**Students won't know their score or get feedback until they complete the quiz.

To change some of those settings, read on:

===Quiz settings===
If you expand the sections in the quiz setup page and click the '''?''' icon and the 'Show more' links, you can explore alternative settings for your quiz. Here are some popular settings:

'''Time limit''' - if you only want to allow students a limited amount of time from when they start until they must have finished. If, instead you want students to finish by a certain date and time, set the '''Close the quiz''' setting.

'''How questions behave -Interactive with multiple tries''' -instead of the quiz being like a test where students only see their results at the end, this setting allows them to get immediate feedback for each question and keep trying. (Good for formative assessment.) Learn more about [[Question behaviours]].

'''Overall feedback''' -completing this will give your students customised feedback according to what grade range they obtained.

==Add your questions==
So you have completed the quiz set up page and clicked 'Save and display:

1. Click the button 'Edit quiz'

2. Click 'Add' on the right and then click '+ a new question'. (If you already made questions in the question bank, then click '+ from question bank'.)

[[File:quizquideaddquestion.png]]

3. Choose the type of question you want to add and then click 'Add'.

4. Add your question. If you need help, click the documentation link at the bottom of your question page or explore the [[Question types]] documentation.

5. Click 'Save changes' when you have made your question.

6. Repeat steps 2- 5 for as many questions as you need.

==Getting your quiz ready for students==
Once you have added all the questions you need, your quiz is ready for students and will already be visible on the page (unless you hid it while you were setting it up.)

It is a good idea to preview your quiz by clicking in the block ''Administration>Quiz administration>Preview.'' (1 below) You can then check for any oversights and edit a question directly from a link provided (2 below):

[[File:Quizpreviewedit.png]]

==Viewing quiz results==
To see the grades once students have done your quiz, you can either:
* click the quiz itself and then the link 'Attempts =' (where the number is the number of attempts) - or -
*click the quiz and then from the block ''Administration>Quiz administration'', expand 'Results' and select the analysis you need.

[[Category:Quick guide]]
[[Category:Quiz]]

[[es:Guía rápida del examen]]

Quiz quick guide

2015-11-19T18:55:20Z

TimHunt: /* Quiz settings */

Moodle's Quiz is a very powerful activity that can meet many teaching needs, from simple, multiple-choice knowledge tests to complex, self-assessment tasks with detailed feedback. This quick guide gets you started, but if you really want to make the most of everything a Quiz can do, make sure you study the full '''[[Quiz activity]]''' documentation. For a short video introduction, see also the screencast '''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=N9WYXtg0VxI&list=PLxcO_MFWQBDebq7Jly4p0s85GeAGRVQDk&index=30 Quiz: Automatic grading].'''

==Before you start==
*A Moodle quiz is made up of two parts: (1) a set up page or 'front cover' where you add the criteria for the quiz, such as grading and time limits, and (2) the questions themselves. The questions are stored separately from your quiz in a course [[Question bank]]. This means you can reuse your questions in a later quiz. It also means you could display an empty quiz (a 'front cover' with no questions added) on your course page, so be careful!
*Some people prefer to make their quiz questions separately first and then add them to a quiz 'front cover' later. If you would like that, then look at the documentation on [[Question bank]] or just read on below until we get there!

==Set up the quiz 'front cover'==
*In the course where you want your quiz, turn on the editing and from the Activity Chooser, select 'Quiz'.
*Give it a name and if desired, a description telling students what the quiz is about.
*If you want, you can now scroll down to the bottom of the page, click 'Save and display' and start adding questions. (Go to the section 'Add your questions' below.)
===Default settings for your quiz===
If you don't change anything on the quiz setup page (your 'front cover'), then your quiz will work like this:
**It will not have a time limit and students can take it as many times as they wish, with the recorded grade being their best attempt.
**Each question will be on a different page and they can move freely between previous and later questions.
**Students won't know their score or get feedback until they complete the quiz.

To change some of those settings, read on:

===Quiz settings===
If you expand the sections in the quiz setup page and click the '''?''' icon and the 'Show more' links, you can explore alternative settings for your quiz. Here are some popular settings:

'''Time limit''' - if you only want to allow students a limited amount of time from when they start until they must have finished. If, instead you want students to finish by a certain date and time, set the '''Close date'''.

'''How questions behave -Interactive with multiple tries''' -instead of the quiz being like a test where students only see their results at the end, this setting allows them to get immediate feedback for each question and keep trying. (Good for formative assessment.) Learn more about [[Question behaviours]].

'''Overall feedback''' -completing this will give your students customised feedback according to what grade range they obtained.

==Add your questions==
So you have completed the quiz set up page and clicked 'Save and display:

1. Click the button 'Edit quiz'

2. Click 'Add' on the right and then click '+ a new question'. (If you already made questions in the question bank, then click '+ from question bank'.)

[[File:quizquideaddquestion.png]]

3. Choose the type of question you want to add and then click 'Add'.

4. Add your question. If you need help, click the documentation link at the bottom of your question page or explore the [[Question types]] documentation.

5. Click 'Save changes' when you have made your question.

6. Repeat steps 2- 5 for as many questions as you need.

==Getting your quiz ready for students==
Once you have added all the questions you need, your quiz is ready for students and will already be visible on the page (unless you hid it while you were setting it up.)

It is a good idea to preview your quiz by clicking in the block ''Administration>Quiz administration>Preview.'' (1 below) You can then check for any oversights and edit a question directly from a link provided (2 below):

[[File:Quizpreviewedit.png]]

==Viewing quiz results==
To see the grades once students have done your quiz, you can either:
* click the quiz itself and then the link 'Attempts =' (where the number is the number of attempts) - or -
*click the quiz and then from the block ''Administration>Quiz administration'', expand 'Results' and select the analysis you need.

[[Category:Quick guide]]
[[Category:Quiz]]

[[es:Guía rápida del examen]]

Quiz quick guide

2015-11-19T18:52:09Z

TimHunt: /* Before you start */

Moodle's Quiz is a very powerful activity that can meet many teaching needs, from simple, multiple-choice knowledge tests to complex, self-assessment tasks with detailed feedback. This quick guide gets you started, but if you really want to make the most of everything a Quiz can do, make sure you study the full '''[[Quiz activity]]''' documentation. For a short video introduction, see also the screencast '''[https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=N9WYXtg0VxI&list=PLxcO_MFWQBDebq7Jly4p0s85GeAGRVQDk&index=30 Quiz: Automatic grading].'''

==Before you start==
*A Moodle quiz is made up of two parts: (1) a set up page or 'front cover' where you add the criteria for the quiz, such as grading and time limits, and (2) the questions themselves. The questions are stored separately from your quiz in a course [[Question bank]]. This means you can reuse your questions in a later quiz. It also means you could display an empty quiz (a 'front cover' with no questions added) on your course page, so be careful!
*Some people prefer to make their quiz questions separately first and then add them to a quiz 'front cover' later. If you would like that, then look at the documentation on [[Question bank]] or just read on below until we get there!

==Set up the quiz 'front cover'==
*In the course where you want your quiz, turn on the editing and from the Activity Chooser, select 'Quiz'.
*Give it a name and if desired, a description telling students what the quiz is about.
*If you want, you can now scroll down to the bottom of the page, click 'Save and display' and start adding questions. (Go to the section 'Add your questions' below.)
===Default settings for your quiz===
If you don't change anything on the quiz setup page (your 'front cover'), then your quiz will work like this:
**It will not have a time limit and students can take it as many times as they wish, with the recorded grade being their best attempt.
**Each question will be on a different page and they can move freely between previous and later questions.
**Students won't know their score or get feedback until they complete the quiz.

To change some of those settings, read on:

===Quiz settings===
If you expand the sections in the quiz setup page and click the '''?''' icon and the 'Show more' links, you can explore alternative settings for your quiz. Here are some popular settings:

'''Navigation:Sequential''' - this will stop students being able to go back and do a previous question. They can only move forwards.

'''How questions behave -Interactive with multiple tries''' -instead of the quiz being like a test where students only see their results at the end, this setting allows them to get immediate feedback for each question and keep trying. (Good for formative assessment.) Learn more about [[Question behaviours]].

'''Overall feedback''' -completing this will give your students customised feedback according to what grade range they obtained.

==Add your questions==
So you have completed the quiz set up page and clicked 'Save and display:

1. Click the button 'Edit quiz'

2. Click 'Add' on the right and then click '+ a new question'. (If you already made questions in the question bank, then click '+ from question bank'.)

[[File:quizquideaddquestion.png]]

3. Choose the type of question you want to add and then click 'Add'.

4. Add your question. If you need help, click the documentation link at the bottom of your question page or explore the [[Question types]] documentation.

5. Click 'Save changes' when you have made your question.

6. Repeat steps 2- 5 for as many questions as you need.

==Getting your quiz ready for students==
Once you have added all the questions you need, your quiz is ready for students and will already be visible on the page (unless you hid it while you were setting it up.)

It is a good idea to preview your quiz by clicking in the block ''Administration>Quiz administration>Preview.'' (1 below) You can then check for any oversights and edit a question directly from a link provided (2 below):

[[File:Quizpreviewedit.png]]

==Viewing quiz results==
To see the grades once students have done your quiz, you can either:
* click the quiz itself and then the link 'Attempts =' (where the number is the number of attempts) - or -
*click the quiz and then from the block ''Administration>Quiz administration'', expand 'Results' and select the analysis you need.

[[Category:Quick guide]]
[[Category:Quiz]]

[[es:Guía rápida del examen]]

Drag and drop markers question type

2015-10-26T17:37:34Z

TimHunt: /* How to create a question */

{{Questions}}
{{New features}}
This question type allows students to drop markers onto an area on a background image. Drag and drop markers questions differ from [[Drag and drop onto image question type]] in that there are no predefined areas on the underlying image that are visible to the student.

==How to create a question==

Give the question a descriptive name to help you find it in the question bank. (Students won't see the name.) In our example, students must correctly locate regions of Australia.

Add the question to the text editor, using any formatting you wish.

In the '''Preview''' section, click the background image button to upload an image. Larger images will be displayed at a maxiumum 600 x 400.Your image will then display under the file upload box. Note that gridlines are visible:

[[File:dragdropmarkerimageupload.png]]

In the '''Markers''' section, add the words you want the students to drag onto the areas you select.

[[File:ddmarkerswords.png]]

In the 'Number' dropdown, you can select the number of times the marker can be used. Selecting 1 means that when it has been used once, it will no longer be available in the list. It is fine to leave the numbers as the default 'Infinite'; it just means that each marker will still remain once it has been used.

In the '''Dropzones''' section, decide the shape you want the selectable areas to be:circle, polygon or rectangle. Our example uses a rectangle. In each 'Marker' dropdown, choose the item you want for that area.

You will now see by your uploaded image that these names are displayed:

[[File:ddmarkersimageandwords.png]]

Now you need manually to add the coordinates of the areas into which you want students to position the marker.

Click the question mark icon [[File:helppopup.png]] next to Drop zone 1 to see how to add these for your chosen shape.

Our example uses a rectangle. We need to define four numbers:
# the top left corner of our selected area, by counting the boxes in from the left...
#and down from the top. Each box is ten pixels so three boxes = 300 for example.
#the width of our selected area, by counting the boxes across
#the height of our selected area, by counting the boxes up

The numbers are separated by commas, with a semi-colon separating the corner coordinates from the size, eg: 20,50;150,200

[[File:ddcoordinatesexample.png]]

The image updates immediately so you can check your accuracy and adapt the coordinates. The above co-ordinates preview as below:

[[File:ddcoordinates.png]]

'''IMPORTANT NOTE:''' Generally, you should make the drop zones a little bit too big. That is, it is better to occasionally grade an incorrect response right, than to ever grade a correct response a incorrect. So the above example is not very good. There are places inside Western Australia which will be graded as wrong with the question set up the way it is. Don't do that!

Once all co-ordinates have been manually entered, you can save the changes and preview the question.

'''IMPORTANT NOTE:''' When dragging a marker, students must position the little circle top left of the marker in the centre of the area they have selected, ''not the whole marker'', as this might cause confusion and an unexpected incorrect answer.

[[File:ddexamplepositioning1.png]]

===Using markers and drop zones more than once===
If 'Infinite' is selected from the 'Numbers' dropdown in the '''Markers''' section, then the markers may be used more than once.

If the same coordinates must used for several markers in the '''Drop zones''' section, then more than one marker may be placed in a single area, as in the example below (1) , where students identify regions of Great Britain, the UK and the British Isles (2):

[[File:partsofGBUKBI.png|thumb|600px|center]]

==Scoring and feedback==
All drop zones are weighted identically. Only drop zones that are correctly labelled gain marks. There is no negative marking of drop zones that are incorrectly labelled.

If more markers are placed on the image than there are drop-zones a penalty is applied for the extra markers. If there are n drop zones and n+m markers are placed of which p are placed correctly the score is calculated as p/(m+n).

If the question is used in 'interactive with multiple tries' style the marking is modified as follows:

*The mark is reduced for each try by the penalty factor.
*Allowance is made for when a correct choice is first chosen providing it remains chosen in subsequent tries.

'''Show the number of correct responses:''' Include in the feedback a statement of how many choices are correct.

'''State which markers are incorrectly placed:''' Include in the feedback a list of markers which are incorrectly placed.

'''Move incorrectly placed markers back to default start position below image:''' When ‘Try again’ is clicked incorrectly positioned labels are removed.

==Accessibility==
Marker questions are keyboard accessible. Use the <tab> key to move between the markers and the <arrow> keys to position the markers.

== See also ==
* [http://www.somerandomthoughts.com/blog/2012/02/20/review-question-type-drag-and-drop-marker-for-moodle-2/ Review of this question type]
* [http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Tvl4GuGvtxc Video tutorial: How to Create a Question Using the Drag and Drop with Markers Question Type]

[[Category:Questions]]

[[es:Tipo de pregunta arrastrar y soltar marcadores]]

Course enrolment

2015-10-19T10:28:15Z

TimHunt:

{{Note|This page is about adding (enrolling) students to courses. If the students do not already have accounts on the Moodle site, then you need first to read the page [[Add users]].}}

The process of adding students to courses is called [[Enrolment]]. This is different from adding users to the site, which is known as [[Authentication]]. There are various methods of enrolling students into courses, once they have logged in to Moodle.

A teacher can view, activate, add and remove the enrolment methods within their course from ''Course administration > Users >Enrolment methods.'' It may also be the case that the students are automatically enrolled into the course by an administrative process, and the teacher does not need to do anything.

==Students enrol themselves==
If [[Self enrolment]] is enabled then students can sign up to courses themselves. The teacher can restrict enrolment to those who have been given an [[Enrolment key]] and, if needed, a staff member may be given the [[Keyholder role]] to manage enrolment keys.
[[File:selfenrolment.png|thumb|500px|center|Student self-enrols into a course.]]

==Teachers manually enrol students==
If [[Manual enrolment]] is enabled (and it usually is) then teachers may add students to their course from ''Course administration > Users > Enrolled users.''

==Allowing guests into a course==
Guests may be allowed to view course contents, but not participate in them, if [[Guest access]] is enabled. To find out exactly what guests may and may not do in a course, see the page [[Guest role]].

==Adding students in bulk==
#When using [[Manual enrolment]], the teacher may select and enrol several students at once.
#An administrator can enrol students in bulk into a course with a CSV file. See [[Add users]]
#Cohorts, that is, site or category-wide batches of users, may be added to courses using the [[Cohort sync]] enrolment method. Note that cohorts must first exist on the site.

==Linked courses==
The [[Course meta link]] enrolment method allows users who are in another course to be automatically enrolled into your course as well. An example might be if a Moodle site has a course for "Staff Only" and a course for "Moodle Help". If the "Staff Only" course is added to the "Moodle Help" course with the course meta link plugin, then every time a new member of staff joins the "Staff Only" course, they will automatically be enrolled in the "Moodle Help" course too.

Teachers can only select from courses in which they are teachers when using this method.
==Paying for courses==
*If the administrator has enabled the [[Paypal enrolment]] method sitewide and enabled it in courses, then the teacher can set a price for a course.
*Note that students still need to have accounts in the site before they can pay for a course.
*Be careful also if you have [[Self enrolment]] enabled on your course as well as Paypal; if you don't set an enrolment key with the Self enrolment method, then students could access the course without paying.

===See also===
[[Enrolment FAQ]] answers some common questions about enrolment.

[[Unenrolment]] explains the process of students leaving courses.

[[Enrolments]] discusses other types of enrolment plugins not covered here.

Drag and drop onto image question type

2015-10-13T09:56:22Z

TimHunt: But, iCMA is the OU term for quiz, not question. Re-fixing. Thanks for spotting it in the first place German.

{{Questions}}
{{New features}}
This question type allows students to drag words, images or both from a list and drop them into pre-defined gaps on a base image.

==How to create a question==
Give the question a descriptive name to help you find it in the question bank. (Students won't see the name.)

Add the question to the text editor, using any formatting you wish.

In the '''Preview''' section, click the background image button to upload an image. Larger images will be displayed at a maxiumum 600 x 400.Your image will then display under the file upload box.

In the '''Draggable items''' section, you can upload images if you leave the type as 'draggable image' or you can type in words if you change the type to 'draggable text'. You may have a mixture of images and text.

In the '''Drop zones''' section, you choose which items to go in which zone. Click the 'Refresh preview' button.

You can then position the items on the background image and this will add their coordinates.

Note:(1) Draggable images cannot be more than 150 x 100 pixels. If they are larger, they will be scaled on import. Remember to add a short text descriptor too.

Note (2) You can format draggable text using <nowiki> , , , , , and </nowiki>

Note (3) Choices that are within the same Group are colour coded and may only be dropped on a drop zone with the corresponding colour. Choices that are marked as 'infinite' may be used in multiple locations.

===Example one===
''Based on the Moodle documentation '''[[Pedagogy]]''', participants must 'climb the Moodle ladder' by ordering the stages of using Moodle as a teacher.''

In the '''Preview''' section, a basic image of steps is uploaded

In the '''Draggable items''' section, the 'type' is chosen as 'draggable text' and the text for each stage is added. (Groups and the infinite setting are not used in this example)
[[File:imagedragdropdraggabletext.png|thumb|center|500px]]
In the '''Drop zones''' section, an item from the previously added options is chosen from the drop down:
[[File:choosingdropzonetext.png|thumb|500px|center]]
These texts will now appear under the background image:
[[File:imagedragdroptextpreview.png|thumb|500px|center]]
The text boxes are dragged to their correct positions on the image (steps on the staircase) This will then add the co-ordinates to the Dropzones section automatically:
[[File:imagedragdropdropzonescoords.png|thumb|500px|center]]
Other settings are completed (see below) and the question is saved.

Participants must drag the Moodle stages to the correct step:
[[File:climbthemoodleladder.png|thumb|center|500px]]

===Example two===
''Participants must add the correct country flag and capital city onto a map of Europe.''

This question has images as well as text and makes use of the Groups feature.

In the '''Preview''' section, a basic map of Europe is uploaded.

In the *In the '''Draggable items''' section, the capital cities are added as the type 'draggable text' and the flags are added as the type "draggable image"

[[File:dragtextimageflags.png|thumb|center|600px]]

All draggable images (the flags) are in Group 1 and all draggable text items (the capital cities) are in Group 2.

In the '''Drop zones''' section, an item from the previously added options is chosen from the drop down. The Group 1 boxes will display in a different colour from the Group 2 boxes.

When the boxes are dragged to their appropriate places on the background image, the coordinates in the Drop zones section are updated automatically.

Other settings are completed (see below) and the question is saved.

[[File:dragddropimageflagcity.png]]

==Scoring and feedback==
All gaps are weighted identically. Only drop zones that are filled correctly gain marks. There is no negative marking of drop zones that are filled incorrectly.

Whether or not Combined feedback is shown to students is governed by the Specific feedback setting on the quiz settings form.

'''Penalty for each incorrect try''': The available mark is reduced by the penalty for second and subsequent tries. In the example above a correct answer at the second try will score 0.6666667 of the available marks and a correct answer at the third try will score 0.3333334 of the available marks.

If the question is used in 'interactive with multiple tries' behaviour the marking is modified as follows:

# The mark is reduced for each try by the penalty factor.
# Allowance is made for when a correct choice is first chosen providing it remains chosen in subsequent tries.

'''Hint''': You can complete as many of these boxes as you wish. If you wish to give the student three tries at a question you will need to provide two hints. At runtime when the hints are exhausted the question will finish and the student will be given the general feedback and the question score will be calculated.

'''Clear incorrect responses''': When ‘Try again’ is clicked incorrect choices are cleared.

'''Show the number of correct responses''': Include in the feedback a statement of how many choices are correct.

==Accessibility==
Drag and drop questions are keyboard accessible. Use the <tab> key to move between the drop zones and the <space> key to cycle around the possible choices for each drop zone.

[[Category:Questions]]

[[es:Tipo de pregunta arrastrar y soltar en imagen]]

Moodle migration

2015-09-15T06:48:20Z

TimHunt:

{{Installing Moodle}}
There may be times when you need to move your Moodle site from one server to another. For example, moving a Moodle site from shared hosting service's server to a dedicated server.

==Recommended method==

This involves moving a whole site from one server to another. If you are changing the domain/IP address to the new server you need to do these steps:

===Turn on maintenance mode===

Place your current Moodle site into [[Maintenance mode]] Site Administration>Server>Maintenance Mode to prevent any further additions to the Moodle database. Don't let administrators login during the migration as they are not affected by the maintenance mode setting.

===Backup the Moodle database on the old sever===

The right way to back up your database depends on which database system you are using. The instructions below are one way to back up a MySQL database. Another option would be to use a tool like phpMyAdmin to manually make a backup. The documentation for your database will give more options. There are many ways to do such backups. Here is an outline of a little script you can run from command line on Unix to backup the database:

<pre>
cd /my/backup/directory
mv moodle-database.sql.gz moodle-database-old.sql.gz
mysqldump -h example.com -u myusername --password=mypassword -C -Q -e --create-options mydatabasename > moodle-database.sql
</pre>

=== Restore the database backup to the new server ===

Copy the database back up files to the new server and restore into the new database server.

Once you have created the new database on the new server:

<pre>mysql -p new_database < moodle-database.sql</pre>

For other databases, follow their instructions for restoring a backup.

===Copy moodledata from the old server to the new server===

Copy the contents of your data directory (check for the value in <code>$CFG->dataroot</code>) to the new server. This can be a lot of data, so consider using a good data copying tool like rsync. If using an FTP client, the transfer of the <code>filedir</code> folder must be in '''BINARY''' mode or the files will get corrupted in the process.

Check the file permissions of the copied files. The web server needs read and write access.

===Copy the Moodle code from the old server to the new server===

You will need to copy the Moodle code itself to the new server (this is the Moodle folder found in your webroot folder e.g. /var/www or public_html).

Check the file permissions of the copied files. The web server needs read access.

===Update config.php with the URL of the new server===

If the migration will move Moodle to a new URL, then update $CFG->wwwroot in config.php to point to the new location.

Also check the other properties there. Is the path $CFG->moodledata still correct? Do the database connection settings need to be changed?

===Test the copied site===

You should now be able to log into the new site as admin, and verify that most things are working.

===Update links containing wwwroot in the databse===

The one thing we have not fixed is any internal links stored in the database. To fix these use the [[Search and replace tool]] buy going to {wwwroot}/admin/tool/replace/index.php.

Enter the url for your old server (<nowiki>http://oldserver.com/</nowiki>) and new server (<nowiki>http://newserver.com/</nowiki>) and it will fix any links stored in the database.

===Take the site out of maintenance mode===

Test the migration some more, then when you are satisfied, remember to take the site out of maintenance mode.

==Quick and hacky method==

If you have shell access on both servers, here is a quick command-line based method.

*Set up a new empty database on the '''new''' server.
*Place your existing Moodle site into maintenance mode.
*Login to shell on the '''old''' existing server.
*Use rsync to copy '''moodledata''' and '''public_html''' or '''moodle''' folders (or whatever directory your Moodle install is in) to the new server - execute (replacing caps with your details; SOURCE = the directory you want to copy) for each directory:
::<code>rsync -av -e ssh SOURCE/ USERNAME@NEW_SERVER.COM:/PATH/TO/DESTINATION/</code>
*Dump existing database and move and import into database on new server by executing:
::<code>mysqldump --allow-keywords --opt -uMySQL_USERNAME -pPASSWORD DATABASE | ssh USER@DOMAIN "mysql -uMySQL_USERNAME -pPASSWORD DATABASE"</code>
*Replace any links in the database that contin the full site URL:
::<code>#sed -e 's/oldserver.com/newserver.com/g' oldmysqldump.sql > newmysqldump.sql</code>
*On the '''new server''', update '''config.php''' with relevant details where applicable (e.g. database name and user details, the wwwroot and the dataroot).
*Check ownership and permissions are correct on both moodle code and moodledata directories.
*Make sure everything is working.

Takes about 15 minutes for a small site. However, transferring several Gigabytes of data for a larger site can take hours depending on your network connection and hard drive read/write speed.

When you are happy all has gone well, set up redirects/make DNS changes if required, take new site out of maintenance mode and "switch off" old site.

*If you are switching the ip address from the old server to the new one, you will need to turn off the old server before firing up the new one to avoid ip addressing conflicts and confusion!

==Other considerations==

===Upgrade Moodle at the same time?===

While doing the work of migrating Moodle, you might want to [[Upgrading | upgrade Moodle]] to the latest version at the same time. On the other hand, if you do that, and something breaks, you won't be sure which change caused the problem, so the more cautious approach is to change one thing at a time, and test in between to verify that all is well.

===DNS & masquerading changes===

You may have had to change the DNS entries for the new Moodle site. If you have done so, it will take some time for the changes to replicate, so be patient. If your server is located behind a firewall, you may also have to change your firewall rules to allow access to the new server. See the [[Masquerading | masquerading docs]].

===Internal and external access===

If you have a set up where your Moodle site can be accessed via a network and via the internet, ensure you check that the new site can be accessed internally and externally.

==See also==

* [[Site backup]]
* [[Site restore]]
* [[Backup and restore FAQ]]

Using Moodle forum discussions:
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=62959 Changing Moodle URL]
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=57477 Changing site address]
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=76704 Upgrading whilst migrating]
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=65450 Internal and external access]
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=111807 Migrated Moodle to New Server But Can't Login]
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=228436 Replace script returns "Service Unavailable"]
* [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=85812 migrating Moodle's data directory on a Windows system]

[[es:Migración de Moodle]]
[[fr:Migration de Moodle]]
[[ja:Moodle移行]]
[[de:Moodle-Migration]]

Virtual lab filter

2015-07-29T13:21:49Z

TimHunt: /* You need to have JAVA installed in the users' computer */

{{stub}}
{{Infobox plugin
|type = filter
|entry = https://moodle.org/plugins/view/filter_vlabembed
|tracker = https://github.com/ssemerikov/moodle-filter_vlabembed/issues
|discussion = http://ict-chem.ccjournals.eu/mod/forum/view.php?id=15
|maintainer = [[user:Pavlo Nechipurenko|Pavlo Nechipurenko]]
|float = right
}}

{{stub}}
==Description==
A Moodle filter plug-in to embed ChemCollective Virtual Lab problems using the Vlab Java applet. It embeds any assigments (both local and global).

NOTICE: this software is in no way endorsed by or affiliated with the official ChemCollective project or team.
* This filter will replace links to a Vlab file (.xml) in [vlab]...[/vlab] block with a java applet that plays that ChemCollective Virtual Lab inline
* Because of differences in the license, some files needed to run virtual laboratory are not included in the package filter VlabEmbed. But they can be downloaded from an external source using the built vlabinstaller.php.

==Installation==
===Installation for recent Moodle branches===
*Install from '' Administration > Site administration > Plugins > Install plugins ''
* Visit '' Administration > Site administration > Notifications ''

===Alternate installation method for all Moodle 2.x branches===
* Download the ZIP file from [https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=filter_vlabembed https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=filter_vlabembed].
* Un-compress the Zip/Gzip archive, and copy the folder renamed 'vlabembed' to your moodle/filter/ directory.
* Visit '' Administration > Site administration > Notifications ''

== To activate the filter==
* Log in to Moodle as admininstrator, go to '' Administration > Site Administration > Plugins > Filters > Manage Filters ''.

* Choose 'On' or 'Off but available' in the drop-down menu next to 'VlabEmbed'.

[[File:VlabEmbed plugin active.png|400px]]

* Click on '' Settings '' to configure plugin width, height, autodownload facilities and language.
* Available languages codes are: BR - Brasilian Portugese, CA - Català, DE - Deutsch, ES - Español, FR - Français, GR - Greek, RU - Russian, UK - Ukrainian

[[File:VlabEmbed plugin settings.png|400px]]

==You need to have JAVA installed in the user's computer==
* If you do not have [[Java]] installed in the computer where you will see the Virtual lab, when you try to use the filter the computer will prompt you to [https://java.com/download download and install Java]. You do not need to install [[Java]] in the Moodle server.

[[File:Installing_Java.png|300px]]

*When you try to install [[Java]] you might get a warning about a vulnerabilty associated to the [[Java]] plugin just above the link that you need to click to finally activate [[Java]] in your computer.

[[File:Warning Java vulnerability.png|300px|warning in Spanish language, but you can almost certainly undertand it!]]

*You might want to read about this [[Java]] vulnerabilty before actually enabling this plugin. If you can contact the person in your institution who is in charge of computer security, it might be worth consulting with him.
* There might be another step where you can verify thata your [[Java]] installation was OK.

[[File:Verifying Java vinstallation.png|400px]]

* Your browser and/or Operating System might even prompt you yet again to approve running [[Java]] on your computer.

[[File:Confirmation for running Java.png|400px]]

* And the browser that you are using to see your Moodle site might also ask you for security confirmation about running [[Java]]

[[File:Confirmation 2 for running Java.png|400px]]

[[File:Confirmation_3_for_running_Java.png|400px]]

* Notice in the above images that Moodle is running in LOCALHOST. It is always a good idea to try new plugins in a localhost server befor trying it in a real working server.

* You will finally get a message telling you that your [[Java]] version is OK. Remember to update Java (as well as all software) regularly.

[[File:Java version verified OK.png|300px]]

==Obtain the other needed files==
* You need to obtain some Vlab files from external sources for the filter to work.
* By default, Virtual Lab applet files are not included into VlabEmbed filter package due to it license (CC BY-NC-ND 3.0) is not compatible with the GNU GPLv3.
* You can install Vlab files via vlabinstaller.php.
* You can also manually download archive of Vlab applet files from http://ict-chem.ccjournals.eu/vlab_ukr.zip, http://kdpu.edu.ua/download/kaf_chem/books/vlab_ukr.zip or https://sites.google.com/site/kafedrahimiie/necipurenko-p/chemistry-virtual-lab-ukrainian-version/ukraienskaversiavirtuallab/vlab_ukr.zip and extract them into filter directory (yoursitemoodledirectory/filter/vlabembed) or download it separately from ChemCollective site:

===a) Download and put into your_site_moodle_directory/filter/vlabembed the following files:===

http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/vlab.jar
http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/junit.jar
http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/logclient.jar
http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/lang.xml
http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/lang_ar.xml
http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/lang_ru.xml
http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/language.xml

===b) Create subdir 'assignments' at yoursite_moodle_directory/filter/vlabembed/ and put into it the following files:===

http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/assignments/Default.xml
http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/assignments/Walkthrough.xml

===c) Create subdir 'images' at yoursitemoodledirectory/filter/vlabembed/ and put into it the following files:===

http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/images/icon.ico

http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/images/icon32.ico

===d) Create subdir 'fonts' at yoursitemoodledirectory/filter/vlabembed/ and put into it the following files:===

http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/fonts/ARIALUNI.TTF

===e) Create subdir 'default' at yoursitemoodledirectory/filter/vlabembed/assignments/ and put into it the following files:===

http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/assignments/default/filesystem.xml
http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/assignments/default/reactions.xml
http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/assignments/default/species.xml
http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/assignments/default/spectra.xml
===f) Create subdir 'walkthrough' at yoursitemoodledirectory/filter/vlabembed/assignments/ and put into it the following files:===

http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/assignments/walkthrough/filesystem.xml
http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/assignments/walkthrough/reactions.xml
http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/assignments/walkthrough/species.xml
http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/assignments/walkthrough/spectra.xml

==Filter Settings==
===Usage===

The syntax to embed a project:

[vlab]http-link to a Vlab problem file (.xml)[/vlab]

==ERROR solving==
===Could not find the specified homework problem! Please contact your instructor if the problem persists===

[[File:VLab error could not find homework problem.png|400px]]

Either:
* You have not specified correctly the path to the problem.
* You had configured incorrectly the filter settings in '' Site administration ► Plugins ► Filters/ ► VlabEmbed ''.

[[File:VLab filter settings.png|600px]]

* ...
* '''... This section needs expanding by the plugin author or someone else who has successfully installed the plugin !'''

==Links==

* Moodle plugin entry: http://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=filter_vlabembed
* Code, Git: https://github.com/ssemerikov/moodle-filter_vlabembed
* Demo : http://ict-chem.ccjournals.eu
* "Why square brackets?", http://bitbucket.org/nfreear/timelinewidget/src/tip/filter.php#cl-36

==Notes==

* Tested in Moodle 2.9.
* No javascript, no database access - very simple!
* Filter syntax is case-sensitive.
* The plug-in is internationalized in Moodle 2 in Deutsch, Russian, and Ukrainian.

==Notices==

* VlabEmbed plugin, Copyright © 2015 Pavlo Nechipurenko, Sergey Semerikov.
* License: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later.

==THERE IS MORE DOCUMENTATION AT [http://ict-chem.ccjournals.eu/mod/page/view.php?id=25&lang=en http://ict-chem.ccjournals.eu/mod/page/view.php?id=25&lang=en] that still NEEDS TIDING UP...==

You can choose the path (external link) where the downloaded files will be virtual lab in a special window. If none of these links does not prove effective, minimum set of downloadable virtual lab files required for its operation, from the developer's site manually.

Virtual Lab, located in the filter VlabEmbed, has built a repository of tasks in different languages, as well as access to the online repository in English. But his course on the page you can place any single work with a local repository that will be uploaded to the website when configuring the filter.

Below is an example of a filter placed VlabEmbed: virtual laboratory, which is a step by step demonstration of a study of the main features Virtual Lab. File Walkthrough.xml, it is necessary to start this work is in the local repository site, so links the treated filter: http://ict-chem.ccjournals.eu/filter/vlabembed/assignments/problems_uk/Walkthrough.xml . Setting filter width window applet = 800, height = 600 Windows applet, language localization - Ukrainian.

http://ict-chem.ccjournals.eu/pluginfile.php/61/mod_page/content/54/walkthrough_uk/Walkthrough.xml

http://ict-chem.ccjournals.eu/pluginfile.php/61/mod_page/content/54/cobalt/Cobalt.xml

Running virtual laboratory work is the presence .xml file and a set of files in the appropriate directory. Run a user-selected virtual laboratory work in several ways:

1) block

[Vlab] [/ vlab]

paste the link http: // address of your website / filter / vlabembed /

2) Upload a separate work contained in the catalog vlabembed, selecting the required file to open it from the list below in paragraph 4.

3) Create a separate directory on the site and download the necessary files from an external resource.

4) Download the required files from an external resource and load them in specially created directory within the course or attach them to the document, and then insert a link to the desired file in .xml block [vlab] ... [/ vlab]

The downloaded archive vlab_ukr.zip (the links that are in the filter settings) or vlab.2.1.0.int.zip (from the developer's site ) have an identical set of works that are in the catalog archive also identical.

The table lists the files and virtual laboratory work which they needed.

Title Authors Brief description of Required files File Path

===Standard virtual laboratory===
Mike Karabinos Contains material and standard solutions preparates virtual laboratory and reactions between them. Default_uk.xml
/ Default_uk / assignments / Default_uk.xml
assignments / default_uk /

===Step by step demonstration===
Emma Rem Detailed introductory briefing on some of the most frequently used functions of Virtual Lab. Walkthrough.xml
/ Walkthrough / assignments / problems_uk / Walkthrough.xml
assignments / problems_uk / walkthrough /

===Density and specific temployemnist===
Jordi Cuadros Just experiment with density and heat capacity. DandSH.xml
/ Dandsh / assignments / problems_uk / DandSH.xml
assignments / problems_uk / dandSH /

===The problem of dilution of 1=== Dave Yaron Prepare a concentrated glucose solution dilution of the solution. Dilution.xml
/ Dilution / assignments / problems_uk / molarity / Dilution.xml
assignments / problems_uk / molarity / dilution /

===The problem of dilution 2=== Mike Karabinos Preparation of the solution dilution of concentrated acid. Dilution2.xml
/ Dilution2 / assignments / problems_uk / molarity / Dilution2.xml
assignments / problems_uk / molarity / dilution2 /

===The task of sucrose solution=== Jordi Cuadros and Tim Paluka To understand the concentration, molar, molyalnoyi, and molar mass fraction of particles.

Concentration1.xml

/ Concentration1 /

assignments / problems_uk / molarity / Concentration1.xml

assignments / problems_uk / molarity / concentration1 / l

===Preparation of solutions of crystalline compounds===
Jordi Cuadros and Mike Karabinos Preparation of solutions with different salt concentrations.

Molarsoln.xml

/ Molarsoln /

assignments / problems_uk / molarity / Molarsoln.xml

assignments / problems_uk / molarity / molarsoln /

===The problem of density metals===
Jordi Cuadros and Tim Paluka Identifying metals in their density.

Metals.xml

/ Metals /

assignments / problems_uk / molarity / Metals.xml

assignments / problems_uk / molarity / metals /

===The problem of the density of the liquid===
Jordi Cuadros and Tim Paluka Identification of liquids by their density.

LiquidDensity.xml

/ Liquiddens /

assignments / problems_uk / molarity / LiquidDensity.xml

assignments / problems_uk / molarity / liquiddens /

===The problem of the density of alcohol===
Jordi Cuadros and Tim Paluka Determination of density by the solution.

Alcohol.xml

/ Alcohol /

assignments / problems_uk / molarity / Alcohol.xml

assignments / problems_uk / molarity / alcohol /

===Motley problem===
Donovan Lang In this task, students must mix the solution together, trying to control them change color.

Jello.xml

/ Jello /

assignments / problems_uk / stoichiometry / Jello.xml

assignments / problems_uk / stoichiometry / jello /

===Riddle Oracle===
Donovan Lang The problem of limiting reagent to determine the stoichiometry of the reaction.

Oracle2.xml

/ Oracle2 /

assignments / problems_uk / stoichiometry / Oracle2.xml

assignments / problems_uk / stoichiometry / oracle2 /

===Oracle Enigma 2===
Donovan Lang The problem of limiting reagent and the stoichiometry in the complex mixture.

Oracle.xml

/ Oracle /

assignments / problems_uk / stoichiometry / Oracle.xml

assignments / problems_uk / stoichiometry / oracle /

===The problem of excess reagent 1===
Yaron David and Mike Karabinos Collection of practical exercises on limiting reagents using the virtual laboratory.

Hslimit1.xml

/ Hslimit1 /

assignments / problems_uk / stoichiometry / Hslimit1.xml

assignments / problems_uk / stoichiometry / hslimit1 /

===Objectives of the relationship reagents===
David Yaron Conduct an experiment to get an answer to the problem of limiting reagent.

Hslimit2.xml

/ Hslimit2 /

assignments / problems_uk / stoichiometry / Hslimit2.xml

assignments / problems_uk / stoichiometry / hslimit2 /

===Prediction concentration of DNA===
David Yaron Sprohnozuyte limiting reagent in tasks related to the DNA strands.

Dnabind.xml

/ Dnabind /

assignments / problems_uk / stoichiometry / Dnabind.xml

assignments / problems_uk / stoichiometry / dnabind /

===Coloring DNA 2===
David Yaron In this exercise at limiting reagent, students master the experiment definition unlabeled molecules.

DnaDye2.xml

/ Dnadye2 /

assignments / problems_uk / quant / DnaDye2.xml

assignments / problems_uk / quant / dnadye2 /

===The task of establishing concentration===
Mike Karabinos Determination of Arhentumu ions in a solution of silver nitrate.

Silver.xml

/ Silver /

assignments / problems_uk / quant / Silver.xml

assignments / problems_uk / quant / silver /

===Gravimetric determination Arsene===
Jordi Cuadros Determination of Arsene compounds in soil samples.

ArsGrav.xml

/ Arsgrav /

assignments / problems_uk / quant / ArsGrav.xml

assignments / problems_uk / quant / arsgrav /

===Experiments with compounds Cobalt===
Bob Belford In the example experiment, complex compounds Cobalt (II) considered the principle of & Le Chatelier.

Cobalt.xml

/ Cobalt /

assignments / problems_uk / equilibrium / Cobalt.xml

assignments / problems_uk / equilibrium / cobalt /

===The problem of the formation of DNA===
Dave Yaron The study of equilibrium constants in biochemical systems.

Dnabind.xml

/ Dnabind /

assignments / problems_uk / equilibrium / Dnabind.xml

assignments / problems_uk / equilibrium / dnabind /

===Temperature and solubility salts===
Rob and David Belford Yaron Explore the dependence of the solubility of salts in water temperature.

Sol.xml

/ Sol /

assignments / problems_uk / solubility / Sol.xml

assignments / problems_uk / solubility / sol /

===Determination of the solubility of products===
Rob and David Belford Yaron Defining constants (product) solubility Ks (DR) for different salts.

Sol2.xml

/ Sol2 /

assignments / problems_uk / solubility / Sol2.xml

assignments / problems_uk / solubility / sol2 /

===The task to determine solubility===
Dave Yaron Determination of the solubility of CuCl at different temperatures.

CuClSolu.xml

/ Cuclsolu /

assignments / problems_uk / solubility / CuClSolu.xml

assignments / problems_uk / solubility / cuclsolu /

===Thermochemical task 1===
Dave Yaron Investigate and determine the heat of reactions in aqueous solutions.

Thermo.xml

/ Thermo /

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / Thermo.xml

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / thermo /

===Objectives of coffee===
Tim and David Yaron Paluka Prepare coffee with a given temperature.

Coffee.xml

/ Soffee /

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / Coffee.xml

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / coffee /

===The heat of reaction - Hess's law===
Barry Charington Demonstration Act Hess using three reactions: dissolving NaOH in water and hydrochloric acid, and the reaction solution of HCl and NaOH together.

Heatrxn.xml

/ Heatrxn /

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / Heatrxn.xml

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / heatrxn / l

===I Cooler===
Tim Paluka and Jordi Cuadros Identify and compare the heat of an unknown liquid.

Freeze.xml

/ Freeze /

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / Freeze.xml

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / freeze /

===Cooler II===
Tim and David Yaron Paluka It is necessary to determine the specific heat of an unknown liquid of unknown density.

Freeze2.xml

/ Freeze2 /

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / Freeze2.xml

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / freeze2 /

===Thermochemistry hiking in 1===
Tim and Dave Yaron Paluka Determine the enthalpy of chemical reactions that will help you solve the problem hikes.

ThermoQ1.xml

/ ThermoQ1 /

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / ThermoQ1.xml

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / thermoQ1 /

===Thermochemistry hikes in 2===
Tim and David Yaron Paluka Determine the dependence of heat released during the reaction between volume of solution of different concentrations.

ThermoQ2.xml

/ ThermoQ2 /

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / ThermoQ2.xml

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / thermoQ2 /

===Thermochemistry in hiking 3=== Yaron David and Jordi Cuadros Mix solutions so as to obtain a mixture with a given temperature.

ThermoQ3.xml

/ ThermoQ3 /

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / ThermoQ3.xml

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / thermoQ3 /

===The reaction of ATP (Thermochemistry and chemical bonds)===
Yaron David and Jordi Cuadros Determination of ATP hydrolysis reaction enthalpy and strength of chemical bonds in the molecule ATP.

Atp.xml

/ Atp /

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / Atp.xml

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / atp /

===The problem of a strong acid===
Ria Freeland Selected problems of strong acids and bases that can be solved using the virtual laboratory.

StrongAcid.xml

/ Strongacid /

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / StrongAcid.xml

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / strongacid /

===The problem of weak acid===
Ria Freeland Selected problems of weak acids and bases that can be solved using the virtual laboratory.

WeakAcid.xml

/ Weakacid /

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / WeakAcid.xml

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / weakacid /

===The method of successive dilutions===
Bob Belford Investigate the pH scale method of successive dilutions.

Dilut.xml

/ Dilut /

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / Dilut.xml

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / dilut /

===Acid-base titration===
Sofia Nussbaum A set of tasks and exercises to prepare for the acid-base titration.

PrelabAcid.xml

/ PrelabAcid /

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / PrelabAcid.xml

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / prelabAcid /

===Ctandartyzatsiya NaOH solution===
Dave Yaron Work for preliminary preparation for Standardization of NaOH solution for potassium hidrohenftalatu.

Titration.xml

/ Titration /

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / Titration.xml

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / titration /

===The problem of unknown acids and bases===
Dave Yaron In this exercise, students should the curve acid-base titration to determine the pKa unknown acid and its concentration.

Unknownacid.xml

/ Unknownacid /

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / Unknownacid.xml

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / unknownacid /

===The problem of weak acids pKa===
Dave Yaron Determining the relationship between pKa and protein concentration in the solution.

Buffer.xml

/ Buffer /

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / Buffer.xml

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / buffer /

===The task to create a buffer solution===
Sofia Nussbaum Exercises for the creation of buffer solutions with specific properties.

MkBuffer.xml

/ Mkbuffer /

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / MkBuffer.xml

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / mkbuffer /

===The problem of color DNA===
Dave Yaron Students learn balance in buffer solutions and their application in biological research.

Dnadye.xml

/ Dnadye /

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / Dnadye.xml

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / dnadye /

===A number of redox reactions===
Barry Charinhton Students preparing to study redox reactions on experimental data obtained in a virtual laboratory.

Redox.xml

/ Redox /

assignments / problems_uk / redox / Redox.xml

assignments / problems_uk / redox / redox /

Please leave your comments in [https://moodle.org/plugins/view/filter_vlabembed the appropriate forum] or in [https://github.com/ssemerikov/moodle-filter_vlabembed/issues the tracker]..

[[Category:Chemistry]]
[[Category:Filter]]

Virtual lab filter

2015-07-29T13:21:38Z

TimHunt: /* You need to have JAVA installed in the user's's computer */

{{stub}}
{{Infobox plugin
|type = filter
|entry = https://moodle.org/plugins/view/filter_vlabembed
|tracker = https://github.com/ssemerikov/moodle-filter_vlabembed/issues
|discussion = http://ict-chem.ccjournals.eu/mod/forum/view.php?id=15
|maintainer = [[user:Pavlo Nechipurenko|Pavlo Nechipurenko]]
|float = right
}}

{{stub}}
==Description==
A Moodle filter plug-in to embed ChemCollective Virtual Lab problems using the Vlab Java applet. It embeds any assigments (both local and global).

NOTICE: this software is in no way endorsed by or affiliated with the official ChemCollective project or team.
* This filter will replace links to a Vlab file (.xml) in [vlab]...[/vlab] block with a java applet that plays that ChemCollective Virtual Lab inline
* Because of differences in the license, some files needed to run virtual laboratory are not included in the package filter VlabEmbed. But they can be downloaded from an external source using the built vlabinstaller.php.

==Installation==
===Installation for recent Moodle branches===
*Install from '' Administration > Site administration > Plugins > Install plugins ''
* Visit '' Administration > Site administration > Notifications ''

===Alternate installation method for all Moodle 2.x branches===
* Download the ZIP file from [https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=filter_vlabembed https://moodle.org/plugins/pluginversions.php?plugin=filter_vlabembed].
* Un-compress the Zip/Gzip archive, and copy the folder renamed 'vlabembed' to your moodle/filter/ directory.
* Visit '' Administration > Site administration > Notifications ''

== To activate the filter==
* Log in to Moodle as admininstrator, go to '' Administration > Site Administration > Plugins > Filters > Manage Filters ''.

* Choose 'On' or 'Off but available' in the drop-down menu next to 'VlabEmbed'.

[[File:VlabEmbed plugin active.png|400px]]

* Click on '' Settings '' to configure plugin width, height, autodownload facilities and language.
* Available languages codes are: BR - Brasilian Portugese, CA - Català, DE - Deutsch, ES - Español, FR - Français, GR - Greek, RU - Russian, UK - Ukrainian

[[File:VlabEmbed plugin settings.png|400px]]

==You need to have JAVA installed in the users' computer==
* If you do not have [[Java]] installed in the computer where you will see the Virtual lab, when you try to use the filter the computer will prompt you to [https://java.com/download download and install Java]. You do not need to install [[Java]] in the Moodle server.

[[File:Installing_Java.png|300px]]

*When you try to install [[Java]] you might get a warning about a vulnerabilty associated to the [[Java]] plugin just above the link that you need to click to finally activate [[Java]] in your computer.

[[File:Warning Java vulnerability.png|300px|warning in Spanish language, but you can almost certainly undertand it!]]

*You might want to read about this [[Java]] vulnerabilty before actually enabling this plugin. If you can contact the person in your institution who is in charge of computer security, it might be worth consulting with him.
* There might be another step where you can verify thata your [[Java]] installation was OK.

[[File:Verifying Java vinstallation.png|400px]]

* Your browser and/or Operating System might even prompt you yet again to approve running [[Java]] on your computer.

[[File:Confirmation for running Java.png|400px]]

* And the browser that you are using to see your Moodle site might also ask you for security confirmation about running [[Java]]

[[File:Confirmation 2 for running Java.png|400px]]

[[File:Confirmation_3_for_running_Java.png|400px]]

* Notice in the above images that Moodle is running in LOCALHOST. It is always a good idea to try new plugins in a localhost server befor trying it in a real working server.

* You will finally get a message telling you that your [[Java]] version is OK. Remember to update Java (as well as all software) regularly.

[[File:Java version verified OK.png|300px]]

==Obtain the other needed files==
* You need to obtain some Vlab files from external sources for the filter to work.
* By default, Virtual Lab applet files are not included into VlabEmbed filter package due to it license (CC BY-NC-ND 3.0) is not compatible with the GNU GPLv3.
* You can install Vlab files via vlabinstaller.php.
* You can also manually download archive of Vlab applet files from http://ict-chem.ccjournals.eu/vlab_ukr.zip, http://kdpu.edu.ua/download/kaf_chem/books/vlab_ukr.zip or https://sites.google.com/site/kafedrahimiie/necipurenko-p/chemistry-virtual-lab-ukrainian-version/ukraienskaversiavirtuallab/vlab_ukr.zip and extract them into filter directory (yoursitemoodledirectory/filter/vlabembed) or download it separately from ChemCollective site:

===a) Download and put into your_site_moodle_directory/filter/vlabembed the following files:===

http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/vlab.jar
http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/junit.jar
http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/logclient.jar
http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/lang.xml
http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/lang_ar.xml
http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/lang_ru.xml
http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/language.xml

===b) Create subdir 'assignments' at yoursite_moodle_directory/filter/vlabembed/ and put into it the following files:===

http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/assignments/Default.xml
http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/assignments/Walkthrough.xml

===c) Create subdir 'images' at yoursitemoodledirectory/filter/vlabembed/ and put into it the following files:===

http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/images/icon.ico

http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/images/icon32.ico

===d) Create subdir 'fonts' at yoursitemoodledirectory/filter/vlabembed/ and put into it the following files:===

http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/fonts/ARIALUNI.TTF

===e) Create subdir 'default' at yoursitemoodledirectory/filter/vlabembed/assignments/ and put into it the following files:===

http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/assignments/default/filesystem.xml
http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/assignments/default/reactions.xml
http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/assignments/default/species.xml
http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/assignments/default/spectra.xml
===f) Create subdir 'walkthrough' at yoursitemoodledirectory/filter/vlabembed/assignments/ and put into it the following files:===

http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/assignments/walkthrough/filesystem.xml
http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/assignments/walkthrough/reactions.xml
http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/assignments/walkthrough/species.xml
http://chemcollective.org/assets/modules/activities/vlab/assignments/walkthrough/spectra.xml

==Filter Settings==
===Usage===

The syntax to embed a project:

[vlab]http-link to a Vlab problem file (.xml)[/vlab]

==ERROR solving==
===Could not find the specified homework problem! Please contact your instructor if the problem persists===

[[File:VLab error could not find homework problem.png|400px]]

Either:
* You have not specified correctly the path to the problem.
* You had configured incorrectly the filter settings in '' Site administration ► Plugins ► Filters/ ► VlabEmbed ''.

[[File:VLab filter settings.png|600px]]

* ...
* '''... This section needs expanding by the plugin author or someone else who has successfully installed the plugin !'''

==Links==

* Moodle plugin entry: http://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=filter_vlabembed
* Code, Git: https://github.com/ssemerikov/moodle-filter_vlabembed
* Demo : http://ict-chem.ccjournals.eu
* "Why square brackets?", http://bitbucket.org/nfreear/timelinewidget/src/tip/filter.php#cl-36

==Notes==

* Tested in Moodle 2.9.
* No javascript, no database access - very simple!
* Filter syntax is case-sensitive.
* The plug-in is internationalized in Moodle 2 in Deutsch, Russian, and Ukrainian.

==Notices==

* VlabEmbed plugin, Copyright © 2015 Pavlo Nechipurenko, Sergey Semerikov.
* License: http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html GNU GPL v3 or later.

==THERE IS MORE DOCUMENTATION AT [http://ict-chem.ccjournals.eu/mod/page/view.php?id=25&lang=en http://ict-chem.ccjournals.eu/mod/page/view.php?id=25&lang=en] that still NEEDS TIDING UP...==

You can choose the path (external link) where the downloaded files will be virtual lab in a special window. If none of these links does not prove effective, minimum set of downloadable virtual lab files required for its operation, from the developer's site manually.

Virtual Lab, located in the filter VlabEmbed, has built a repository of tasks in different languages, as well as access to the online repository in English. But his course on the page you can place any single work with a local repository that will be uploaded to the website when configuring the filter.

Below is an example of a filter placed VlabEmbed: virtual laboratory, which is a step by step demonstration of a study of the main features Virtual Lab. File Walkthrough.xml, it is necessary to start this work is in the local repository site, so links the treated filter: http://ict-chem.ccjournals.eu/filter/vlabembed/assignments/problems_uk/Walkthrough.xml . Setting filter width window applet = 800, height = 600 Windows applet, language localization - Ukrainian.

http://ict-chem.ccjournals.eu/pluginfile.php/61/mod_page/content/54/walkthrough_uk/Walkthrough.xml

http://ict-chem.ccjournals.eu/pluginfile.php/61/mod_page/content/54/cobalt/Cobalt.xml

Running virtual laboratory work is the presence .xml file and a set of files in the appropriate directory. Run a user-selected virtual laboratory work in several ways:

1) block

[Vlab] [/ vlab]

paste the link http: // address of your website / filter / vlabembed /

2) Upload a separate work contained in the catalog vlabembed, selecting the required file to open it from the list below in paragraph 4.

3) Create a separate directory on the site and download the necessary files from an external resource.

4) Download the required files from an external resource and load them in specially created directory within the course or attach them to the document, and then insert a link to the desired file in .xml block [vlab] ... [/ vlab]

The downloaded archive vlab_ukr.zip (the links that are in the filter settings) or vlab.2.1.0.int.zip (from the developer's site ) have an identical set of works that are in the catalog archive also identical.

The table lists the files and virtual laboratory work which they needed.

Title Authors Brief description of Required files File Path

===Standard virtual laboratory===
Mike Karabinos Contains material and standard solutions preparates virtual laboratory and reactions between them. Default_uk.xml
/ Default_uk / assignments / Default_uk.xml
assignments / default_uk /

===Step by step demonstration===
Emma Rem Detailed introductory briefing on some of the most frequently used functions of Virtual Lab. Walkthrough.xml
/ Walkthrough / assignments / problems_uk / Walkthrough.xml
assignments / problems_uk / walkthrough /

===Density and specific temployemnist===
Jordi Cuadros Just experiment with density and heat capacity. DandSH.xml
/ Dandsh / assignments / problems_uk / DandSH.xml
assignments / problems_uk / dandSH /

===The problem of dilution of 1=== Dave Yaron Prepare a concentrated glucose solution dilution of the solution. Dilution.xml
/ Dilution / assignments / problems_uk / molarity / Dilution.xml
assignments / problems_uk / molarity / dilution /

===The problem of dilution 2=== Mike Karabinos Preparation of the solution dilution of concentrated acid. Dilution2.xml
/ Dilution2 / assignments / problems_uk / molarity / Dilution2.xml
assignments / problems_uk / molarity / dilution2 /

===The task of sucrose solution=== Jordi Cuadros and Tim Paluka To understand the concentration, molar, molyalnoyi, and molar mass fraction of particles.

Concentration1.xml

/ Concentration1 /

assignments / problems_uk / molarity / Concentration1.xml

assignments / problems_uk / molarity / concentration1 / l

===Preparation of solutions of crystalline compounds===
Jordi Cuadros and Mike Karabinos Preparation of solutions with different salt concentrations.

Molarsoln.xml

/ Molarsoln /

assignments / problems_uk / molarity / Molarsoln.xml

assignments / problems_uk / molarity / molarsoln /

===The problem of density metals===
Jordi Cuadros and Tim Paluka Identifying metals in their density.

Metals.xml

/ Metals /

assignments / problems_uk / molarity / Metals.xml

assignments / problems_uk / molarity / metals /

===The problem of the density of the liquid===
Jordi Cuadros and Tim Paluka Identification of liquids by their density.

LiquidDensity.xml

/ Liquiddens /

assignments / problems_uk / molarity / LiquidDensity.xml

assignments / problems_uk / molarity / liquiddens /

===The problem of the density of alcohol===
Jordi Cuadros and Tim Paluka Determination of density by the solution.

Alcohol.xml

/ Alcohol /

assignments / problems_uk / molarity / Alcohol.xml

assignments / problems_uk / molarity / alcohol /

===Motley problem===
Donovan Lang In this task, students must mix the solution together, trying to control them change color.

Jello.xml

/ Jello /

assignments / problems_uk / stoichiometry / Jello.xml

assignments / problems_uk / stoichiometry / jello /

===Riddle Oracle===
Donovan Lang The problem of limiting reagent to determine the stoichiometry of the reaction.

Oracle2.xml

/ Oracle2 /

assignments / problems_uk / stoichiometry / Oracle2.xml

assignments / problems_uk / stoichiometry / oracle2 /

===Oracle Enigma 2===
Donovan Lang The problem of limiting reagent and the stoichiometry in the complex mixture.

Oracle.xml

/ Oracle /

assignments / problems_uk / stoichiometry / Oracle.xml

assignments / problems_uk / stoichiometry / oracle /

===The problem of excess reagent 1===
Yaron David and Mike Karabinos Collection of practical exercises on limiting reagents using the virtual laboratory.

Hslimit1.xml

/ Hslimit1 /

assignments / problems_uk / stoichiometry / Hslimit1.xml

assignments / problems_uk / stoichiometry / hslimit1 /

===Objectives of the relationship reagents===
David Yaron Conduct an experiment to get an answer to the problem of limiting reagent.

Hslimit2.xml

/ Hslimit2 /

assignments / problems_uk / stoichiometry / Hslimit2.xml

assignments / problems_uk / stoichiometry / hslimit2 /

===Prediction concentration of DNA===
David Yaron Sprohnozuyte limiting reagent in tasks related to the DNA strands.

Dnabind.xml

/ Dnabind /

assignments / problems_uk / stoichiometry / Dnabind.xml

assignments / problems_uk / stoichiometry / dnabind /

===Coloring DNA 2===
David Yaron In this exercise at limiting reagent, students master the experiment definition unlabeled molecules.

DnaDye2.xml

/ Dnadye2 /

assignments / problems_uk / quant / DnaDye2.xml

assignments / problems_uk / quant / dnadye2 /

===The task of establishing concentration===
Mike Karabinos Determination of Arhentumu ions in a solution of silver nitrate.

Silver.xml

/ Silver /

assignments / problems_uk / quant / Silver.xml

assignments / problems_uk / quant / silver /

===Gravimetric determination Arsene===
Jordi Cuadros Determination of Arsene compounds in soil samples.

ArsGrav.xml

/ Arsgrav /

assignments / problems_uk / quant / ArsGrav.xml

assignments / problems_uk / quant / arsgrav /

===Experiments with compounds Cobalt===
Bob Belford In the example experiment, complex compounds Cobalt (II) considered the principle of & Le Chatelier.

Cobalt.xml

/ Cobalt /

assignments / problems_uk / equilibrium / Cobalt.xml

assignments / problems_uk / equilibrium / cobalt /

===The problem of the formation of DNA===
Dave Yaron The study of equilibrium constants in biochemical systems.

Dnabind.xml

/ Dnabind /

assignments / problems_uk / equilibrium / Dnabind.xml

assignments / problems_uk / equilibrium / dnabind /

===Temperature and solubility salts===
Rob and David Belford Yaron Explore the dependence of the solubility of salts in water temperature.

Sol.xml

/ Sol /

assignments / problems_uk / solubility / Sol.xml

assignments / problems_uk / solubility / sol /

===Determination of the solubility of products===
Rob and David Belford Yaron Defining constants (product) solubility Ks (DR) for different salts.

Sol2.xml

/ Sol2 /

assignments / problems_uk / solubility / Sol2.xml

assignments / problems_uk / solubility / sol2 /

===The task to determine solubility===
Dave Yaron Determination of the solubility of CuCl at different temperatures.

CuClSolu.xml

/ Cuclsolu /

assignments / problems_uk / solubility / CuClSolu.xml

assignments / problems_uk / solubility / cuclsolu /

===Thermochemical task 1===
Dave Yaron Investigate and determine the heat of reactions in aqueous solutions.

Thermo.xml

/ Thermo /

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / Thermo.xml

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / thermo /

===Objectives of coffee===
Tim and David Yaron Paluka Prepare coffee with a given temperature.

Coffee.xml

/ Soffee /

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / Coffee.xml

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / coffee /

===The heat of reaction - Hess's law===
Barry Charington Demonstration Act Hess using three reactions: dissolving NaOH in water and hydrochloric acid, and the reaction solution of HCl and NaOH together.

Heatrxn.xml

/ Heatrxn /

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / Heatrxn.xml

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / heatrxn / l

===I Cooler===
Tim Paluka and Jordi Cuadros Identify and compare the heat of an unknown liquid.

Freeze.xml

/ Freeze /

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / Freeze.xml

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / freeze /

===Cooler II===
Tim and David Yaron Paluka It is necessary to determine the specific heat of an unknown liquid of unknown density.

Freeze2.xml

/ Freeze2 /

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / Freeze2.xml

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / freeze2 /

===Thermochemistry hiking in 1===
Tim and Dave Yaron Paluka Determine the enthalpy of chemical reactions that will help you solve the problem hikes.

ThermoQ1.xml

/ ThermoQ1 /

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / ThermoQ1.xml

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / thermoQ1 /

===Thermochemistry hikes in 2===
Tim and David Yaron Paluka Determine the dependence of heat released during the reaction between volume of solution of different concentrations.

ThermoQ2.xml

/ ThermoQ2 /

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / ThermoQ2.xml

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / thermoQ2 /

===Thermochemistry in hiking 3=== Yaron David and Jordi Cuadros Mix solutions so as to obtain a mixture with a given temperature.

ThermoQ3.xml

/ ThermoQ3 /

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / ThermoQ3.xml

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / thermoQ3 /

===The reaction of ATP (Thermochemistry and chemical bonds)===
Yaron David and Jordi Cuadros Determination of ATP hydrolysis reaction enthalpy and strength of chemical bonds in the molecule ATP.

Atp.xml

/ Atp /

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / Atp.xml

assignments / problems_uk / thermochemistry / atp /

===The problem of a strong acid===
Ria Freeland Selected problems of strong acids and bases that can be solved using the virtual laboratory.

StrongAcid.xml

/ Strongacid /

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / StrongAcid.xml

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / strongacid /

===The problem of weak acid===
Ria Freeland Selected problems of weak acids and bases that can be solved using the virtual laboratory.

WeakAcid.xml

/ Weakacid /

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / WeakAcid.xml

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / weakacid /

===The method of successive dilutions===
Bob Belford Investigate the pH scale method of successive dilutions.

Dilut.xml

/ Dilut /

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / Dilut.xml

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / dilut /

===Acid-base titration===
Sofia Nussbaum A set of tasks and exercises to prepare for the acid-base titration.

PrelabAcid.xml

/ PrelabAcid /

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / PrelabAcid.xml

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / prelabAcid /

===Ctandartyzatsiya NaOH solution===
Dave Yaron Work for preliminary preparation for Standardization of NaOH solution for potassium hidrohenftalatu.

Titration.xml

/ Titration /

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / Titration.xml

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / titration /

===The problem of unknown acids and bases===
Dave Yaron In this exercise, students should the curve acid-base titration to determine the pKa unknown acid and its concentration.

Unknownacid.xml

/ Unknownacid /

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / Unknownacid.xml

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / unknownacid /

===The problem of weak acids pKa===
Dave Yaron Determining the relationship between pKa and protein concentration in the solution.

Buffer.xml

/ Buffer /

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / Buffer.xml

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / buffer /

===The task to create a buffer solution===
Sofia Nussbaum Exercises for the creation of buffer solutions with specific properties.

MkBuffer.xml

/ Mkbuffer /

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / MkBuffer.xml

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / mkbuffer /

===The problem of color DNA===
Dave Yaron Students learn balance in buffer solutions and their application in biological research.

Dnadye.xml

/ Dnadye /

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / Dnadye.xml

assignments / problems_uk / acidbase / dnadye /

===A number of redox reactions===
Barry Charinhton Students preparing to study redox reactions on experimental data obtained in a virtual laboratory.

Redox.xml

/ Redox /

assignments / problems_uk / redox / Redox.xml

assignments / problems_uk / redox / redox /

Please leave your comments in [https://moodle.org/plugins/view/filter_vlabembed the appropriate forum] or in [https://github.com/ssemerikov/moodle-filter_vlabembed/issues the tracker]..

[[Category:Chemistry]]
[[Category:Filter]]

Building Quiz

2015-06-23T12:23:15Z

TimHunt: /* Making questions conditional upon other questions */

{{Quiz}}

==How a Moodle quiz works==

The word “quiz” might conjure up for some images of TV game shows, but a Moodle quiz is basically a set of questions presented to the learner which may be automatically marked by Moodle or graded later by the teacher. The questions may be in sentence or number form or contain various media such as video or sound. They do not all need to be the same type of questions: a quiz may contain multiple choice, matching, essays (teacher-graded) and calculated. Feedback may be given at any or all stages of the process.

Once a quiz is made, that’s not the end of it. A Moodle quiz is environmentally friendly: its questions are saved in a [[Question bank]] and may be recycled for use elsewhere. Thus, Mr Brown could create a Physics Quiz with 20 questions for his class, Class Brown, and his colleague Mr Smith sharing the course could save himself valuable time by resusing 5 of Mr Brown’s questions in his own General Science quiz for Class Smith. (See also [[How to let teachers share questions between courses|Question Sharer role]] for sharing questions across the site)

If you think of a quiz as a book, the [[Quiz settings]] are equivalent to the front cover; the quiz itself is contained within when the questions are created. (Be careful : once you have chosen the Quiz Settings, it will be “live” on your course page, unless you hide it, so your learners could potentially see a quiz with no questions, like a front cover with no content.)

Note that it is possible to create questions directly in the [[Question bank]] without first creating a quiz. These questions may then be used later.

Once a quiz has been added to the course and the [[Quiz settings]] established,the teacher can start to build the quiz. The teacher can access the quiz to edit the questions by clicking directly on the Quiz name on the course home page or by clicking "Edit quiz" in ''Administration>Quiz administration.''

{|
| [[File:editquiz.png|thumb|400px|Accessing the quiz to add or edit questions]]

|}

==Adding questions==

Once you have accessed the quiz editing screen as above, you can add questions from a number of locations:

#Click the 'Add' link as in the screenshot below. (''Note that in the US, the term 'marks' is replaced by 'points'.'')
#When it opens up, choose either to add a new question, to select a question from the question bank or to add a random question.

{|
| [[File:newaddquestion.png|thumb|450px|Adding a question]]

|}

===Creating a new question===

1. To make a brand new question, click 'Add' and then '+ a new question'.

2. From the next screen, choose the question type you want to add and click "Next"

'''NOTE:''' ''When you click on a question type on the left, helpful information appears on the right''.

{|
| [[File:questionpicker.png|thumb|440px|Selecting a question type]]

|}

3. Fill in the question form, making sure to give a grade to the correct answer.

4. Click "Save changes".

{|
| [[File:newlycreatedquestion.png|thumb|430px|A question when it has been created]]

|}

'''Note:''' If you have a very complex question, and you want to check it as you go along, you can preview it and then click "Save changes and continue editing".

{|
| [[File:savechangesandcontinuediting.png|thumb|398px|Save changes and continue editing]]

|}

Note that when a question has been created, an icon and words display its type (eg multiple choice). It can be modified by clicking the edit icon (eg [[File:editicon.png]]) and previewed or deleted by clicking the magnifying glass or X icons:(eg [[File:previewdelete1.png]])
====Adding responses and feedback====

When you add responses and feedback you can display one or more toolbars in the editor:
{|
| [[File:quizform1.png|thumb|350px|With one toolbar]]
| [[File:quizform2.png|thumb|350px|With three toolbars]]

|}

You can continue adding questions this way, clicking 'Add' and '+ a new question' each time.

===Choosing a pre-made question===
*If other teachers in the course have made questions, or if a teacher made questions in an earlier quiz, these can be added to the current quiz by clicking 'Add' and '+ from question bank' .
* Click the + sign next to one question you want to add it (1 in screenshot below)
* If you have several questions, or you want to add all the questions, tick the box of each question or the top box (2 in screenshot below) and then click 'Add selected questions to the quiz' (3 in the screenshot below).
* To sort the questions, click the column headings. The default sort order (T) is short for question type. (2 in the screenshot below)
* To ensure all previously made questions are available, make sure to tick the boxes "also show questions from sub-categories/old questions".

{|
| [[File:addfromqbank1.png|thumb|350px|Using a previously made question]]

|}

'''Note:''' It is also possible to import pre-made questions into your quiz, from ''Quiz administration>Question bank>Import.'' See [[Import questions]] for more information. Sample questions are available from the [http://moodle.net/mod/data/view.php?d=1&mode=list&perpage=40&search=&sort=0&order=DESC&advanced=0&filter=1&advanced=1&f_2=Quiz+questions&f_11=&f_13=&f_12=&f_9=&f_8= Moodle.net content database.]

===Adding a random question===
As long as you have questions in the question bank, you can add random questions to your quiz by clicking 'Add' and then '+ a random question'. This might be useful if you have students in a class taking a quiz at the same time, because they are unlikely to get the same questions at the same time. The same question will never appear twice in a quiz. If you include several random questions then different questions will always be chosen for each of them. If you mix random questions with non-random questions then the random questions will be chosen so that they do not duplicate one of the non-random questions. This does imply that you need to provide enough questions in the category from which the random questions are chosen, otherwise the student will be shown a friendly error message. The more questions you provide the more likely it will be that students get different questions on each attempt. When a quiz with random questions is retaken, the random questions will be different from the ones in previous attempts. For a discussion on the behaviour of random questions, see MDL-6340

The grade for the randomly chosen question will be rescaled so that the maximum grade is what you have chosen as the grade for the random question.

You can add one or more random questions by choosing the number and category in the question bank. Note the die icon to highlight random question selection.
{|
| [[File:addrandomq.png|thumb|400px|Adding a random question]]
| [[File:newrandom.png|thumb|400px|Random question selected for quiz]]

|}

====Quiz question tags====
Note that although it is possible to tag questions, the feature does not currently work. See forum discussion: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=194119

===Question categories===
Questions can be stored and retrieved from categories in the Question bank. When you make a new question it defaults to the category with the course name. So if you make a quiz in the Senior Physics course, questions will automatically be added to "Default for Senior Physics". You can opt to have your quiz questions in a category of their own ("Quizname") or to add a subcategory.

To add a subcategory, go to ''Administration>Quiz administration>Question bank>Categories'' For more information on question contexts and categories, see [[Question bank]]

Users will have access to different categories according to their permissions. For example, a regular teacher might only have access to question categories in his own Physics course whereas his Faculty Head of Science with permissions in all science courses might have access to question categories in Biology and Chemistry as well.

==Quiz layout==

*You can choose in '' Administration>Quiz administration>Edit settings>Layout'' whether to have a new page for every question or after a certain number of questions.
* You can add a page break between questions by clicking the arrow icon (where the arrows are pointing away from each other) (1 in the screenshot below) A new page will be created. (2 in the screenshot below)
*You can remove pages by clicking the arrow icon (where the arrows are pointing towards each other). (3 in the screenshot below)

[[File:addpagebreak.png|thumb|500px|center]]
*You can also change the layout of the whole quiz by clicking the 'Repaginate' button:

[[File:repaginate.png|thumb|center|500px]]

*Questions may be moved by dragging and dropping using the crosshairs icon: [[File:crosshairsicon.png]]

===Section headings===
{{New features}}
*Section headings may be added to each new page.
*For the first page, click the 'pencil' icon at the top (1) and add your heading (2):

[[File:sectionheading1.png]]

*For other pages, click the 'Add' link (1) and choose 'a new section heading' (2), and then add your heading as for Page 1:

[[File:sectionheading2.png]]

*The section headings are displayed in the Quiz navigation block:

[[File:quiznavsectionheadings.png]]

===Randomising the order questions appear===

{{New features}}
*The order in which questions appear to the student may be randomised or 'shuffled' by ticking the 'Shuffle' box at the top of the screen:

[[File:shuffle1.png]]

*Where questions are in different sections (see ''Section headings'' above), each section has its own 'Shuffle' box to tick. This means that you can mix up questions on one section, but in another section, where their order is important, you can keep them in the order you need them to display:

[[File:shuffle2.png]]

==Making questions conditional upon other questions==
{{New features}}
*If using the ''Interactive with multiple tries'' or ''Immediate Feedback'' behaviour and with the navigation method set to 'Free', it is possible to make the display of a question dependent on a previous question being answered first.
*The question editing page will display padlock icons to the right of each question:

[[File:locks1.png|thumb|center|400px|Padlocks - all unlocked]]

*If you want to make a question, for example Q2, conditional upon answering Q1, then click the padlock just above Q2:

[[File:lock2.png|thumb|center|400px|Padlocks - Q2 locked]]

*When a student accesses the quiz, they will see a message that Q2 is not available until they give a response to Q1:

[[File:lock3.png|thumb|center|550px|What students see]]

*In the Quiz navigation block, Q2 will be greyed out:
[[File:locksnav.png]]

*In the following example, note that, Q1 follows a description, and a description 'questions' cannot be finished. Therefore, Q1 cannot depend on the previous question. Similarly, Q4 follows an Essay question. The Essay cannot be finished during the attempt, so the following question cannot depend on it. Note the lack of padlocks in the following screenshot because of the description and Essay question:

[[File:conditionalquestionpadlocks.png|thumb|center|500px]]

==Assigning points to questions ==
''Administration > Quiz administration > Edit quiz > Editing quiz''

You can set how many points each question is worth by changing the number in the box to the right of each question and you can change the maximum grade by changing the number in the box top right at the top of the quiz. The default is one point per question and 100.00 maximum grade.

{|
| [[File:allquizgrades.png|thumb|450px|Points per question and max grade]]
| [[File:editmaxmark.png|thumb|450px|Edit individual marks]]

|}

The quiz module will do any maths, so for example, a 2 point question will be worth 2 times more when the Quiz module determines how many point out of 10 to award the student.

==Previewing the quiz==
*You can preview individual questions by clicking the magnifying glass icon.
*You can preview the whole quiz by clicking the "Preview" link in ''Administration>Quiz administration>Preview''
*The quiz works like a real quiz so you can see your grades and any feedback for correct/incorrect answers just as a student would see them.

'''NOTE''': ''To get a more accurate view of how a student would view your quiz, it is advised to log in with a "dummy" student account created by the admin for testing activities. This is more reliable than the 'switch role to student' feature.

*See also the question: 'How can a teacher '-dry run a quiz..?' in [[Quiz FAQ]]''
{|
| [[File:singleqp.png|thumb|300px|Previewing a single question]]
| [[File:previewquiz.png|thumb|200px|Click to preview the whole quiz]]
| [[File:quizpreviewed.png|thumb|200px|Quiz in preview mode]]

|}

==After quiz has been attempted==
If one or more students have taken the quiz, you will see a list of all the questions in the quiz and a notice saying that you cannot add or remove questions.

You can change the order of questions, regrade them, preview an individual question and click on an question edit link that will allow you to directly edit the question stored in the question bank.

'''NOTE:''' You can delete all quiz attempts by students and then edit the quiz as if no students had attempted it. To do this,click the quiz name and then the Results link in the Navigation block. This will present a list of students and their scores. Click "Select all" and then "Delete selected attempts".

===Dealing with faulty questions===

There are several ways to deal with "bad" questions in a quiz.
::*Change the grade for the bad question to 0 in the quiz.
::*Edit the question, changing what you will accept as a correct answer, then regrading the exam. Remember when changing a question that the next time it is used it will be as it was in the last edit. Also, regrading will only affect one quiz at a time.
::*You can edit the question to explain the situation to the student and then you can set the grade for the question to zero. After you make such changes you should regrade the quiz by clicking on the '''Results''' tab and then the '''Regrade''' tab. This will change the grade for all students who have taken the quiz so far. Remember, if the question is used by another quiz, your "explanation" will appear as part of that quiz.
::*You can change the grade for the bad question and then move or delete the question from your question category. The question will still appear on the quiz. Some places do not like to delete any question, but will move them to a "dead" or "bad" question category.
::*When you discover a bad question in your quiz, it may affect the question bank. Remember that a final might be made up of a certain number of random questions drawn from different question categories, the same categories used in a smaller subject quiz. It can be very important do something about bad or invalid questions in a question category when the categories are use in other places.

==See also==
*[[Questions]] in [[Managing a Moodle course]]

[[Category:Questions]]

[[de:Test erstellen]]
[[es:Construyendo un examen]]

Building Quiz

2015-06-22T16:53:57Z

TimHunt: /* Making questions conditional upon other questions */

{{Quiz}}

==How a Moodle quiz works==

The word “quiz” might conjure up for some images of TV game shows, but a Moodle quiz is basically a set of questions presented to the learner which may be automatically marked by Moodle or graded later by the teacher. The questions may be in sentence or number form or contain various media such as video or sound. They do not all need to be the same type of questions: a quiz may contain multiple choice, matching, essays (teacher-graded) and calculated. Feedback may be given at any or all stages of the process.

Once a quiz is made, that’s not the end of it. A Moodle quiz is environmentally friendly: its questions are saved in a [[Question bank]] and may be recycled for use elsewhere. Thus, Mr Brown could create a Physics Quiz with 20 questions for his class, Class Brown, and his colleague Mr Smith sharing the course could save himself valuable time by resusing 5 of Mr Brown’s questions in his own General Science quiz for Class Smith. (See also [[How to let teachers share questions between courses|Question Sharer role]] for sharing questions across the site)

If you think of a quiz as a book, the [[Quiz settings]] are equivalent to the front cover; the quiz itself is contained within when the questions are created. (Be careful : once you have chosen the Quiz Settings, it will be “live” on your course page, unless you hide it, so your learners could potentially see a quiz with no questions, like a front cover with no content.)

Note that it is possible to create questions directly in the [[Question bank]] without first creating a quiz. These questions may then be used later.

Once a quiz has been added to the course and the [[Quiz settings]] established,the teacher can start to build the quiz. The teacher can access the quiz to edit the questions by clicking directly on the Quiz name on the course home page or by clicking "Edit quiz" in ''Administration>Quiz administration.''

{|
| [[File:editquiz.png|thumb|400px|Accessing the quiz to add or edit questions]]

|}

==Adding questions==

Once you have accessed the quiz editing screen as above, you can add questions from a number of locations:

#Click the 'Add' link as in the screenshot below. (''Note that in the US, the term 'marks' is replaced by 'points'.'')
#When it opens up, choose either to add a new question, to select a question from the question bank or to add a random question.

{|
| [[File:newaddquestion.png|thumb|450px|Adding a question]]

|}

===Creating a new question===

1. To make a brand new question, click 'Add' and then '+ a new question'.

2. From the next screen, choose the question type you want to add and click "Next"

'''NOTE:''' ''When you click on a question type on the left, helpful information appears on the right''.

{|
| [[File:questionpicker.png|thumb|440px|Selecting a question type]]

|}

3. Fill in the question form, making sure to give a grade to the correct answer.

4. Click "Save changes".

{|
| [[File:newlycreatedquestion.png|thumb|430px|A question when it has been created]]

|}

'''Note:''' If you have a very complex question, and you want to check it as you go along, you can preview it and then click "Save changes and continue editing".

{|
| [[File:savechangesandcontinuediting.png|thumb|398px|Save changes and continue editing]]

|}

Note that when a question has been created, an icon and words display its type (eg multiple choice). It can be modified by clicking the edit icon (eg [[File:editicon.png]]) and previewed or deleted by clicking the magnifying glass or X icons:(eg [[File:previewdelete1.png]])
====Adding responses and feedback====

When you add responses and feedback you can display one or more toolbars in the editor:
{|
| [[File:quizform1.png|thumb|350px|With one toolbar]]
| [[File:quizform2.png|thumb|350px|With three toolbars]]

|}

You can continue adding questions this way, clicking 'Add' and '+ a new question' each time.

===Choosing a pre-made question===
*If other teachers in the course have made questions, or if a teacher made questions in an earlier quiz, these can be added to the current quiz by clicking 'Add' and '+ from question bank' .
* Click the + sign next to one question you want to add it (1 in screenshot below)
* If you have several questions, or you want to add all the questions, tick the box of each question or the top box (2 in screenshot below) and then click 'Add selected questions to the quiz' (3 in the screenshot below).
* To sort the questions, click the column headings. The default sort order (T) is short for question type. (2 in the screenshot below)
* To ensure all previously made questions are available, make sure to tick the boxes "also show questions from sub-categories/old questions".

{|
| [[File:addfromqbank1.png|thumb|350px|Using a previously made question]]

|}

'''Note:''' It is also possible to import pre-made questions into your quiz, from ''Quiz administration>Question bank>Import.'' See [[Import questions]] for more information. Sample questions are available from the [http://moodle.net/mod/data/view.php?d=1&mode=list&perpage=40&search=&sort=0&order=DESC&advanced=0&filter=1&advanced=1&f_2=Quiz+questions&f_11=&f_13=&f_12=&f_9=&f_8= Moodle.net content database.]

===Adding a random question===
As long as you have questions in the question bank, you can add random questions to your quiz by clicking 'Add' and then '+ a random question'. This might be useful if you have students in a class taking a quiz at the same time, because they are unlikely to get the same questions at the same time. The same question will never appear twice in a quiz. If you include several random questions then different questions will always be chosen for each of them. If you mix random questions with non-random questions then the random questions will be chosen so that they do not duplicate one of the non-random questions. This does imply that you need to provide enough questions in the category from which the random questions are chosen, otherwise the student will be shown a friendly error message. The more questions you provide the more likely it will be that students get different questions on each attempt. When a quiz with random questions is retaken, the random questions will be different from the ones in previous attempts. For a discussion on the behaviour of random questions, see MDL-6340

The grade for the randomly chosen question will be rescaled so that the maximum grade is what you have chosen as the grade for the random question.

You can add one or more random questions by choosing the number and category in the question bank. Note the die icon to highlight random question selection.
{|
| [[File:addrandomq.png|thumb|400px|Adding a random question]]
| [[File:newrandom.png|thumb|400px|Random question selected for quiz]]

|}

====Quiz question tags====
Note that although it is possible to tag questions, the feature does not currently work. See forum discussion: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=194119

===Question categories===
Questions can be stored and retrieved from categories in the Question bank. When you make a new question it defaults to the category with the course name. So if you make a quiz in the Senior Physics course, questions will automatically be added to "Default for Senior Physics". You can opt to have your quiz questions in a category of their own ("Quizname") or to add a subcategory.

To add a subcategory, go to ''Administration>Quiz administration>Question bank>Categories'' For more information on question contexts and categories, see [[Question bank]]

Users will have access to different categories according to their permissions. For example, a regular teacher might only have access to question categories in his own Physics course whereas his Faculty Head of Science with permissions in all science courses might have access to question categories in Biology and Chemistry as well.

==Quiz layout==

*You can choose in '' Administration>Quiz administration>Edit settings>Layout'' whether to have a new page for every question or after a certain number of questions.
* You can add a page break between questions by clicking the arrow icon (where the arrows are pointing away from each other) (1 in the screenshot below) A new page will be created. (2 in the screenshot below)
*You can remove pages by clicking the arrow icon (where the arrows are pointing towards each other). (3 in the screenshot below)

[[File:addpagebreak.png|thumb|500px|center]]
*You can also change the layout of the whole quiz by clicking the 'Repaginate' button:

[[File:repaginate.png|thumb|center|500px]]

*Questions may be moved by dragging and dropping using the crosshairs icon: [[File:crosshairsicon.png]]

===Section headings===
{{New features}}
*Section headings may be added to each new page.
*For the first page, click the 'pencil' icon at the top (1) and add your heading (2):

[[File:sectionheading1.png]]

*For other pages, click the 'Add' link (1) and choose 'a new section heading' (2), and then add your heading as for Page 1:

[[File:sectionheading2.png]]

*The section headings are displayed in the Quiz navigation block:

[[File:quiznavsectionheadings.png]]

===Randomising the order questions appear===

{{New features}}
*The order in which questions appear to the student may be randomised or 'shuffled' by ticking the 'Shuffle' box at the top of the screen:

[[File:shuffle1.png]]

*Where questions are in different sections (see ''Section headings'' above), each section has its own 'Shuffle' box to tick. This means that you can mix up questions on one section, but in another section, where their order is important, you can keep them in the order you need them to display:

[[File:shuffle2.png]]

==Making questions conditional upon other questions==
{{New features}}
*If using the ''Interactive with multiple tries'' or ''Immediate Feedback'' behaviour and with the navigation method set to 'Free', it is possible to make the display of a question dependent on a previous question being answered first.
*The question editing page will display padlock icons to the right of each question:

[[File:locks1.png|thumb|center|400px|Padlocks - all unlocked]]

*If you want to make a question, for example Q2, conditional upon answering Q1, then click the padlock just above Q2:

[[File:lock2.png|thumb|center|400px|Padlocks - Q2 locked]]

*Note that, Q1 follows a description, and a description 'questions' cannot be finished. Therefore, Q1 cannot depend on the previous question. They same thing would apply to a question that came after an Essay question. The Essay cannot be finished during the attempt, so the following question cannot depend on it.
*When a student accesses the quiz, they will see a message that Q2 is not available until they give a response to Q1:

[[File:lock3.png|thumb|center|500px|What students see]]

*In the Quiz navigation block, Q2 will be greyed out:
[[File:locksnav.png]]

==Assigning points to questions ==
''Administration > Quiz administration > Edit quiz > Editing quiz''

You can set how many points each question is worth by changing the number in the box to the right of each question and you can change the maximum grade by changing the number in the box top right at the top of the quiz. The default is one point per question and 100.00 maximum grade.

{|
| [[File:allquizgrades.png|thumb|450px|Points per question and max grade]]
| [[File:editmaxmark.png|thumb|450px|Edit individual marks]]

|}

The quiz module will do any maths, so for example, a 2 point question will be worth 2 times more when the Quiz module determines how many point out of 10 to award the student.

==Previewing the quiz==
*You can preview individual questions by clicking the magnifying glass icon.
*You can preview the whole quiz by clicking the "Preview" link in ''Administration>Quiz administration>Preview''
*The quiz works like a real quiz so you can see your grades and any feedback for correct/incorrect answers just as a student would see them.

'''NOTE''': ''To get a more accurate view of how a student would view your quiz, it is advised to log in with a "dummy" student account created by the admin for testing activities. This is more reliable than the 'switch role to student' feature.

*See also the question: 'How can a teacher '-dry run a quiz..?' in [[Quiz FAQ]]''
{|
| [[File:singleqp.png|thumb|300px|Previewing a single question]]
| [[File:previewquiz.png|thumb|200px|Click to preview the whole quiz]]
| [[File:quizpreviewed.png|thumb|200px|Quiz in preview mode]]

|}

==After quiz has been attempted==
If one or more students have taken the quiz, you will see a list of all the questions in the quiz and a notice saying that you cannot add or remove questions.

You can change the order of questions, regrade them, preview an individual question and click on an question edit link that will allow you to directly edit the question stored in the question bank.

'''NOTE:''' You can delete all quiz attempts by students and then edit the quiz as if no students had attempted it. To do this,click the quiz name and then the Results link in the Navigation block. This will present a list of students and their scores. Click "Select all" and then "Delete selected attempts".

===Dealing with faulty questions===

There are several ways to deal with "bad" questions in a quiz.
::*Change the grade for the bad question to 0 in the quiz.
::*Edit the question, changing what you will accept as a correct answer, then regrading the exam. Remember when changing a question that the next time it is used it will be as it was in the last edit. Also, regrading will only affect one quiz at a time.
::*You can edit the question to explain the situation to the student and then you can set the grade for the question to zero. After you make such changes you should regrade the quiz by clicking on the '''Results''' tab and then the '''Regrade''' tab. This will change the grade for all students who have taken the quiz so far. Remember, if the question is used by another quiz, your "explanation" will appear as part of that quiz.
::*You can change the grade for the bad question and then move or delete the question from your question category. The question will still appear on the quiz. Some places do not like to delete any question, but will move them to a "dead" or "bad" question category.
::*When you discover a bad question in your quiz, it may affect the question bank. Remember that a final might be made up of a certain number of random questions drawn from different question categories, the same categories used in a smaller subject quiz. It can be very important do something about bad or invalid questions in a question category when the categories are use in other places.

==See also==
*[[Questions]] in [[Managing a Moodle course]]

[[Category:Questions]]

[[de:Test erstellen]]
[[es:Construyendo un examen]]

Essay question type

2015-06-08T08:13:29Z

TimHunt:

{{Questions}}The essay question type is intended for short answers of a paragraph or two, that one often finds on exams. For longer essays, text or file uploads in an [[Assignment]] is a better choice
==Question set-up==

#Choose a category
#Give the question a descriptive name - this allows you to identify it in the question bank.
#Enter the question in the 'question text' field
#Set the 'default question grade' (i.e. the maximum number of marks for this question).
#Add 'General Feedback' if required. This is text that appears to the student '''after the question is graded'''.
#Set an input box size to indicate the length of answer expected.
#Allow attachments if required.
#Add information for graders as appropriate.
#Click Save changes to add the question to the category.

===Attachments only===
If desired, it is possible to set the essay question so that there is no text input but only an attached, uploaded file.

[[File:essaytext.png]]

===Creating a response template===

When using the Essay question type, you can set a template which appears in the students' text editor to help them scaffold their response:

{|
| [[File:templatebox.png|thumb|Response template in question set up screen]]
| [[File:quiztemplate.png|thumb|What the student sees]]
|
|}

==Question grading==

The essay question will not be assigned a grade until it has been reviewed by a teacher and manually graded. Until that happens, the student's grade will be 0.

To grade a student's answer in a quiz, follow the 'manual grading' link under Results in ''Administration>Quiz administration'' in your course. When manually grading an essay question, the grader is able to enter a custom comment in response to the essay and assign a score for the essay.

==Essay questions in a Lesson==

To grade lesson essay questions, first click on the name of the lesson in your course page. If there are essay questions to be graded, there will be a link saying "Grade essay questions". This link will open a screen showing how many ungraded essay questions there are. Ungraded essay questions will be in listed in red. Click the link for the essay you wish to grade.

The essay grading screen shows the title of the question, the student's essay response, and a place you can write optional comments and give the essay a score. Click the Submit grade button to record your score and comments. Graded questions will be displayed in green. Repeat the process to finish grading. Click the "Email graded essays" link to email your responses to your students.

==See also==

*Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=159689 Grading essay questions] forum discussion

[[ca:Tipus_de_pregunta_de_resposta_oberta]]
[[de:Freitext-Fragen]]
[[es:Tipo de pregunta de ensayo]]
[[fr:Question composition]]
[[ja:作文問題タイプ]]
[[zh:申論題]]

Building Quiz

2015-04-29T17:11:59Z

TimHunt: /* Making questions conditional upon other questions */

{{Quiz}}

==How a Moodle quiz works==

The word “quiz” might conjure up for some images of TV game shows, but a Moodle quiz is basically a set of questions presented to the learner which may be automatically marked by Moodle or graded later by the teacher. The questions may be in sentence or number form or contain various media such as video or sound. They do not all need to be the same type of questions: a quiz may contain multiple choice, matching, essays (teacher-graded) and calculated. Feedback may be given at any or all stages of the process.

Once a quiz is made, that’s not the end of it. A Moodle quiz is environmentally friendly: its questions are saved in a [[Question bank]] and may be recycled for use elsewhere. Thus, Mr Brown could create a Physics Quiz with 20 questions for his class, Class Brown, and his colleague Mr Smith sharing the course could save himself valuable time by resusing 5 of Mr Brown’s questions in his own General Science quiz for Class Smith. (See also [[How to let teachers share questions between courses|Question Sharer role]] for sharing questions across the site)

If you think of a quiz as a book, the [[Quiz settings]] are equivalent to the front cover; the quiz itself is contained within when the questions are created. (Be careful : once you have chosen the Quiz Settings, it will be “live” on your course page, unless you hide it, so your learners could potentially see a quiz with no questions, like a front cover with no content.)

Note that it is possible to create questions directly in the [[Question bank]] without first creating a quiz. These questions may then be used later.

Once a quiz has been added to the course and the [[Quiz settings]] established,the teacher can start to build the quiz. The teacher can access the quiz to edit the questions by clicking directly on the Quiz name on the course home page or by clicking "Edit quiz" in ''Administration>Quiz administration.''

{|
| [[File:editquiz.png|thumb|400px|Accessing the quiz to add or edit questions]]

|}

==Adding questions==

Once you have accessed the quiz editing screen as above, you can add questions from a number of locations:

#Click the 'Add' link as in the screenshot below. (''Note that in the US, the term 'marks' is replaced by 'points'.'')
#When it opens up, choose either to add a new question, to select a question from the question bank or to add a random question.

{|
| [[File:newaddquestion.png|thumb|450px|Adding a question]]

|}

===Creating a new question===

1. To make a brand new question, click 'Add' and then '+ a new question'.

2. From the next screen, choose the question type you want to add and click "Next"

'''NOTE:''' ''When you click on a question type on the left, helpful information appears on the right''.

{|
| [[File:questionpicker.png|thumb|440px|Selecting a question type]]

|}

3. Fill in the question form, making sure to give a grade to the correct answer.

4. Click "Save changes".

{|
| [[File:newlycreatedquestion.png|thumb|430px|A question when it has been created]]

|}

'''Note:''' If you have a very complex question, and you want to check it as you go along, you can preview it and then click "Save changes and continue editing".

{|
| [[File:savechangesandcontinuediting.png|thumb|398px|Save changes and continue editing]]

|}

Note that when a question has been created, an icon and words display its type (eg multiple choice). It can be modified by clicking the edit icon (eg [[File:editicon.png]]) and previewed or deleted by clicking the magnifying glass or X icons:(eg [[File:previewdelete1.png]])
====Adding responses and feedback====

When you add responses and feedback you can display one or more toolbars in the editor:
{|
| [[File:quizform1.png|thumb|350px|With one toolbar]]
| [[File:quizform2.png|thumb|350px|With three toolbars]]

|}

You can continue adding questions this way, clicking 'Add' and '+ a new question' each time.

===Choosing a pre-made question===
*If other teachers in the course have made questions, or if a teacher made questions in an earlier quiz, these can be added to the current quiz by clicking 'Add' and '+ from question bank' .
* Click the + sign next to one question you want to add it (1 in screenshot below)
* If you have several questions, or you want to add all the questions, tick the box of each question or the top box (2 in screenshot below) and then click 'Add selected questions to the quiz' (3 in the screenshot below).
* To sort the questions, click the column headings. The default sort order (T) is short for question type. (2 in the screenshot below)
* To ensure all previously made questions are available, make sure to tick the boxes "also show questions from sub-categories/old questions".

{|
| [[File:addfromqbank1.png|thumb|350px|Using a previously made question]]

|}

'''Note:''' It is also possible to import pre-made questions into your quiz, from ''Quiz administration>Question bank>Import.'' See [[Import questions]] for more information. Sample questions are available from the [http://moodle.net/mod/data/view.php?d=1&mode=list&perpage=40&search=&sort=0&order=DESC&advanced=0&filter=1&advanced=1&f_2=Quiz+questions&f_11=&f_13=&f_12=&f_9=&f_8= Moodle.net content database.]

===Adding a random question===
As long as you have questions in the question bank, you can add random questions to your quiz by clicking 'Add' and then '+ a random question'. This might be useful if you have students in a class taking a quiz at the same time, because they are unlikely to get the same questions at the same time. The same question will never appear twice in a quiz. If you include several random questions then different questions will always be chosen for each of them. If you mix random questions with non-random questions then the random questions will be chosen so that they do not duplicate one of the non-random questions. This does imply that you need to provide enough questions in the category from which the random questions are chosen, otherwise the student will be shown a friendly error message. The more questions you provide the more likely it will be that students get different questions on each attempt.

The grade for the randomly chosen question will be rescaled so that the maximum grade is what you have chosen as the grade for the random question.

You can add one or more random questions by choosing the number and category in the question bank. Note the die icon to highlight random question selection.
{|
| [[File:addrandomq.png|thumb|400px|Adding a random question]]
| [[File:newrandom.png|thumb|400px|Random question selected for quiz]]

|}

====Quiz question tags====
Note that although it is possible to tag questions, the feature does not currently work. See forum discussion: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=194119

===Question categories===
Questions can be stored and retrieved from categories in the Question bank. When you make a new question it defaults to the category with the course name. So if you make a quiz in the Senior Physics course, questions will automatically be added to "Default for Senior Physics". You can opt to have your quiz questions in a category of their own ("Quizname") or to add a subcategory.

To add a subcategory, go to ''Administration>Quiz administration>Question bank>Categories'' For more information on question contexts and categories, see [[Question bank]]

Users will have access to different categories according to their permissions. For example, a regular teacher might only have access to question categories in his own Physics course whereas his Faculty Head of Science with permissions in all science courses might have access to question categories in Biology and Chemistry as well.

==Quiz layout==

*You can choose in '' Administration>Quiz administration>Edit settings>Layout'' whether to have a new page for every question or after a certain number of questions.
* You can add a page break between questions by clicking the arrow icon (where the arrows are pointing away from each other) (1 in the screenshot below) A new page will be created. (2 in the screenshot below)
*You can remove pages by clicking the arrow icon (where the arrows are pointing towards each other). (3 in the screenshot below)

[[File:addpagebreak.png|thumb|500px|center]]
*You can also change the layout of the whole quiz by clicking the 'Repaginate' button:

[[File:repaginate.png|thumb|center|500px]]

*Questions may be moved by dragging and dropping using the crosshairs icon: [[File:crosshairsicon.png]]

===Section headings===
{{New features}}
*Section headings may be added to each new page.
*For the first page, click the 'pencil' icon at the top (1) and add your heading (2):

[[File:sectionheading1.png]]

*For other pages, click the 'Add' link (1) and choose 'a new section heading' (2), and then add your heading as for Page 1:

[[File:sectionheading2.png]]

*The section headings are displayed in the Quiz navigation block:

[[File:quiznavsectionheadings.png]]

==Making questions conditional upon other questions==
{{New features}}
*If using the ''Interactive with multiple tries'' or ''Immediate Feedback'' behaviour, it is possible to make the display of a question dependent on a previous question being answered first.
*The question editing page will display padlock icons to the right of each question:

[[File:locks1.png|thumb|center|400px|Padlocks - all unlocked]]

*If you want to make a question, for example Q2, conditional upon answering Q1, then click the padlock just above Q2:

[[File:lock2.png|thumb|center|400px|Padlocks - Q2 locked]]

*When a student accesses the quiz, they will see a message that Q2 is not available until they give a response to Q1:

[[File:lock3.png|thumb|center|500px|What students see]]

*In the Quiz navigation block, Q2 will be greyed out:
[[File:locksnav.png]]

==Assigning points to questions ==
''Administration > Quiz administration > Edit quiz > Editing quiz''

You can set how many points each question is worth by changing the number in the box to the right of each question and you can change the maximum grade by changing the number in the box top right at the top of the quiz. The default is one point per question and 100.00 maximum grade.

{|
| [[File:allquizgrades.png|thumb|450px|Points per question and max grade]]
| [[File:editmaxmark.png|thumb|450px|Edit individual marks]]

|}

The quiz module will do any maths, so for example, a 2 point question will be worth 2 times more when the Quiz module determines how many point out of 10 to award the student.

==Previewing the quiz==
*You can preview individual questions by clicking the magnifying glass icon.
*You can preview the whole quiz by clicking the "Preview" link in ''Administration>Quiz administration>Preview''
*The quiz works like a real quiz so you can see your grades and any feedback for correct/incorrect answers just as a student would see them.

'''NOTE''': ''To get a more accurate view of how a student would view your quiz, it is advised to log in with a "dummy" student account created by the admin for testing activities. This is more reliable than the 'switch role to student' feature.

*See also the question: 'How can a teacher '-dry run a quiz..?' in [[Quiz FAQ]]''
{|
| [[File:singleqp.png|thumb|300px|Previewing a single question]]
| [[File:previewquiz.png|thumb|200px|Click to preview the whole quiz]]
| [[File:quizpreviewed.png|thumb|200px|Quiz in preview mode]]

|}

==After quiz has been attempted==
If one or more students have taken the quiz, you will see a list of all the questions in the quiz and a notice saying that you cannot add or remove questions.

You can change the order of questions, regrade them, preview an individual question and click on an question edit link that will allow you to directly edit the question stored in the question bank.

'''NOTE:''' You can delete all quiz attempts by students and then edit the quiz as if no students had attempted it. To do this,click the quiz name and then the Results link in the Navigation block. This will present a list of students and their scores. Click "Select all" and then "Delete selected attempts".

===Dealing with faulty questions===

There are several ways to deal with "bad" questions in a quiz.
::*Change the grade for the bad question to 0 in the quiz.
::*Edit the question, changing what you will accept as a correct answer, then regrading the exam. Remember when changing a question that the next time it is used it will be as it was in the last edit. Also, regrading will only affect one quiz at a time.
::*You can edit the question to explain the situation to the student and then you can set the grade for the question to zero. After you make such changes you should regrade the quiz by clicking on the '''Results''' tab and then the '''Regrade''' tab. This will change the grade for all students who have taken the quiz so far. Remember, if the question is used by another quiz, your "explanation" will appear as part of that quiz.
::*You can change the grade for the bad question and then move or delete the question from your question category. The question will still appear on the quiz. Some places do not like to delete any question, but will move them to a "dead" or "bad" question category.
::*When you discover a bad question in your quiz, it may affect the question bank. Remember that a final might be made up of a certain number of random questions drawn from different question categories, the same categories used in a smaller subject quiz. It can be very important do something about bad or invalid questions in a question category when the categories are use in other places.

==See also==
*[[Questions]] in [[Managing a Moodle course]]

[[Category:Questions]]

[[de:Test erstellen]]
[[es:Construyendo un examen]]

Course creator role

2015-04-13T08:37:47Z

TimHunt:

{{Standard roles}}
A user assigned the role of course creator can (as the name suggests!) create a course. If the setting "Creators' role in new courses" is left as default (teacher), then the course creator is enrolled as a teacher in the course they have just created and can then edit the course settings and enrol other users.

A course creator can also view hidden courses.

The role of course creator could typically be assigned to a master teacher, department head or program coordinator.

==Creating a course==

The "Add a new course" button can be found at the bottom of the page listing all courses.

When a course creator creates a course, they are automatically enrolled in the course as a teacher, or whatever role is set in ''Administration > Site administration > Users > Permissions > User policies''.

'''Note (1):''' If a user is assigned the role of course creator in the course category context, the "Add a new course" button only appears when the course category contains at least one course.

'''Note (2):''' Course creators are not automatically assigned the role of teacher in a course they have not created, even if it is in a category where they have course creator rights.

==Deleting a course==

There is no user interface for course creators to delete courses they have created, however they can do so by editing the URL of the course from <nowiki>http://yourmoodlesite.net/course/view.php?id=N</nowiki> to <nowiki>http://yourmoodlesite.net/course/delete.php?id=N</nowiki> (replacing 'view' with 'delete').

==Role assignment==

A user may be assigned the role of course creator as a system role (in ''Administration > Site administration > Users > Permissions > Assign system roles'') or in the course category context.

==Role permissions==

If you require a course creator to have additional permissions, it is recommended that the [[Manager role]] is used, rather than changing the course creator role permissions. Otherwise, allowing additional capabilities for the course creator role may result in course creators having access to courses which they have not created.

The role of course creator is ONLY intended for enabling users to create courses; it is not intended for enabling users to edit existing courses!

[[fr:Créateur de cours]]
[[ja:コース作成者]]
[[de:Kursersteller-Rolle]]
[[es:Rol de creador de curso]]

Talk:Table of Contents

2015-04-10T18:16:44Z

TimHunt: Undo revision 117785 by Hystn (talk)

==='''Page layout'''===
The layout of this page is not good. While it is linear, it becomes a long scroll to the bottom of the page. Perhaps each part could be in a multi-columned table? Each group of topics would be in its own cell. Would make it easier to find something.

== Spanish translation of this page available ==

Hi,
I just finished translating Moodle Docs' Table of Content into Spanish.
I wonder if someone could have a look and insert a link to [[es:Tabla_de_Contenidos]] in the Table of Contents of Moodle Docs in English.
Thanks in advance for your help

Quiz FAQ

2015-03-04T19:37:49Z

TimHunt: /* Can I have a quiz that is not graded? */

MoodleDocs:Guidelines for contributors

2015-02-23T13:08:13Z

TimHunt: Undoing vandalism

{{Help}}You are welcome to contribute to Moodle Docs. Find something that can be improved, either in content, grammar or formatting, and fix it! Note: You will need to [[Special:Userlogin|login]] to edit pages.

==Introduction==

* Please note that all contributions are released here under [[License|GNU General Public License]].
* Every page in Moodle has a link to a corresponding page in Moodle Docs. You can see this on [http://moodle.org moodle.org] and, from an administrator's perspective, on the [http://demo.moodle.net/ Moodle demo site].
* You are encouraged to illustrate documentation with screenshots. Please refer to the [[MoodleDocs:Style guide|style guide]] for further information.
* See [[MoodleDocs:Templates]] for ways of asking for editing help from other contributors.

==Creating new pages==

* You are welcome to create pages for additional documentation about Moodle. Simply type the name of your new page between double brackets <code><nowiki>[[New page name]]</nowiki></code> on an existing page and follow the link to start editing the new page. Alternatively, you may type in your browser address bar: <code><nowiki>https://docs.moodle.org/en/New_page_name</nowiki></code> (i.e. replace spaces in the new page name with underscores).
* Please choose a short name and capitalize the first word only (with a few exceptions, such as the word ''Moodle'').
* Please follow the [[MoodleDocs:Style guide|style guide]]. If you categorize new pages it can make it easier for users to find, but the important thing is to put good content into the page.
* Page titles may be changed in the future by redirecting/moving pages, as part of documentation restructuring.

==Inter-language linking==

* Inter-language links between pages in different languages may be added by typing, for example, <code><nowiki>[[es:Corresponding page title in Spanish]]</nowiki></code> in the English MoodleDocs, or <code><nowiki>[[en:Corresponding page title in English]]</nowiki></code> in the [[:es:Portada|Spanish MoodleDocs]], at the bottom of the page, below the category link. Inter-language links will appear automatically in the "In other languages" block.

== Page comments ==

* For comments about a particular page, and/or short discussions, please use the corresponding talk page (click on the page comments tab). Please sign and date your talk page contribution by typing four tildes <nowiki>~~~~</nowiki>. There's also a handy button for signing in the toolbar of the editing field: [[Image:Signature Icon.png]]

* For longer discussions about the documentation, please post on moodle.org in the [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=7135 Moodle community sites forum].

* If you find an unsigned comment you can use the Template:Unsigned like so <nowiki>{{Unsigned|Username}}</nowiki> which will show as (''The preceding comment was added by'' [[User:Username]])

==Page protection==

* Certain pages, such as the [[Table of Contents]], are protected from editing. Please use the page comments for suggesting additional content or other changes.

==See also==

*[[Moodle documentation FAQ]]
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=7135 Moodle community sites forum].

[[Category:MoodleDocs|Guidelines for contributors]]

[[ca:MoodleDocs:Recomanacions_als_ajudants]]
[[de:Hinweise für Moodle Docs Autoren]]
[[es:MoodleDocs:Normas para colaboradores]]
[[fr:MoodleDocs:Recommandations pour contributeurs]]
[[ja:MoodleDocs:寄稿のガイドライン]]

Aiken format

2015-01-22T22:35:19Z

TimHunt:

The Aiken format is a very simple way of creating multiple choice questions using a clear human-readable format. (The GIFT format has many more options and perhaps is less prone to errors, but doesn't look as straight-forward as AIKEN. ) The question must be all on one line. Each answer must start with a single uppercase letter, followed by a period '.' or a bracket ')', then a space. The answer line must immediately follow, starting with "ANSWER: " (NOTE the space after the colon) and then giving the appropriate letter.

NOTE: The answer letters (A,B,C etc.) and the word "ANSWER" '''must''' be capitalised as shown, otherwise the import will fail.

Here is an example of the format:

<pre>What is the correct answer to this question?
A. Is it this one?
B. Maybe this answer?
C. Possibly this one?
D. Must be this one!
ANSWER: D

Which LMS has the most quiz import formats?
A) Moodle
B) ATutor
C) Claroline
D) Blackboard
E) WebCT
F) Ilias
ANSWER: A</pre>

Both these examples imported into Moodle gave questions looking like:

<div class="note">
Which LMS has the most quiz import formats?
Choose one answer.
* a. Blackboard
* b. WebCT
* c. ATutor
* d. Moodle
* e. Claroline
* f. Ilias
</div>

=== Importing ===

When importing there are many options, but these do not influence Aiken Format import:
* Get category from file [_]
* Get context from file [_]
* Match grades [Error if grade not listed/Nearest grade if not listed]
* Stop on error [Yes/No]

===Hints and Tips===

* Use a text editor, like PSPad, (Windows "notepad" may not save with right encoding) to write the file with questions and save as a TXT file in UTF-8 format. Use only simple ' not slant ones ´ ` ! Avoid other exotic characters like … HORIZONTAL ELLIPSIS (http://www.fileformat.info/info/unicode/char/2026/index.htm, three dots as a single character).

*[http://moodle.heroku.com Moodle XML Converter] - more extensive version of AIKEN format. Supports almost all Moodle questions types - multichoice, shortanswer, cloze, essay, order, matching, numeric, truefalse

==See also==

*[[Import questions]]
*[[GIFT]]

[[Category:Questions]]
[[Category:Quiz]]
[[de:AIKEN]]
[[es:Formato Aiken]]
[[fr:Format Aiken]]

Aiken format

2015-01-22T22:33:55Z

TimHunt:

The Aiken format is a very simple way of creating multiple choice questions using a clear human-readable format. (The GIFT format has many more options and perhaps is less prone to errors, but doesn't look as straight-forward as AIKEN. ) The question must be all on one line. Each answer must start with a single uppercase letter, followed by a period '.' or a bracket ')', then a space. The answer line must immediately follow, starting with "ANSWER: " (NOTE the space after the colon) and then giving the appropriate letter.

NOTE: The answer letters (A,B,C etc.) and the word "ANSWER" '''must''' be capitalised as shown, otherwise the import will fail.

Here is an example of the format:

<pre>What is the correct answer to this question?
A. Is it this one?
B. Maybe this answer?
C. Possibly this one?
D. Must be this one!
ANSWER: D

Which LMS has the most quiz import formats?
A) Moodle
B) ATutor
C) Claroline
D) Blackboard
E) WebCT
F) Ilias
ANSWER: A</pre>

Both these examples imported into Moodle gave questions looking like:
Which LMS has the most quiz import formats?
Choose one answer.
* a. Blackboard
* b. WebCT
* c. ATutor
* d. Moodle
* e. Claroline
* f. Ilias

=== Importing ===

When importing there are many options, but these do not influence Aiken Format import:
* Get category from file [_]
* Get context from file [_]
* Match grades [Error if grade not listed/Nearest grade if not listed]
* Stop on error [Yes/No]

===Hints and Tips===

* Use a text editor, like PSPad, (Windows "notepad" may not save with right encoding) to write the file with questions and save as a TXT file in UTF-8 format. Use only simple ' not slant ones ´ ` ! Avoid other exotic characters like … HORIZONTAL ELLIPSIS (http://www.fileformat.info/info/unicode/char/2026/index.htm, three dots as a single character).

*[http://moodle.heroku.com Moodle XML Converter] - more extensive version of AIKEN format. Supports almost all Moodle questions types - multichoice, shortanswer, cloze, essay, order, matching, numeric, truefalse

==See also==

*[[Import questions]]
*[[GIFT]]

[[Category:Questions]]
[[Category:Quiz]]
[[de:AIKEN]]
[[es:Formato Aiken]]
[[fr:Format Aiken]]

File:truthumbnailsiconsview.png

2015-01-19T14:11:27Z

TimHunt: Undo revision 116711 by Andrezamancuso (talk)

Usage

2015-01-14T12:35:07Z

TimHunt: Undo revision 116699 by Elson22 (talk)

{{About Moodle}}
==Who uses Moodle?==

Moodle is used by a variety of institutions and individuals, including:
* Universities
* High schools
* Primary schools
* Government departments
* Healthcare organisations
* Military organistions
* Airlines
* Oil companies
* Homeschoolers
* Independent educators
* special educators

==How many Moodle sites are there==
There are tens of thousands of registered Moodle sites in the sites list that we maintain; however it is impossible to know exactly how many Moodle sites exist because Moodle is open source, free to download and distribute, and doesn't force registration on its users. Very often we find people, will not inform us about their sites.

For up-to-date summary statistics about registered sites browse the [http://moodle.org/stats/ Moodle Statistics] page. Statistics shown on this page are updated daily to provide an accurate summary of collected information.
You can also browse the [http://moodle.org/sites/ Moodle Sites] page, which provides a useful list of registered sites grouped by country for all sites that have chosen to make their information public.

==How statistics are collected and maintained==
===Registration===
All information collected by moodle.org is from site administrators that have registered their sites with us. For security and privacy reasons registration has been made a manual process that only a site administrator can undertake.
Registration can be undertaken by clicking on the Registration button shown in the site administration block under Notification, and filling out the simple form that then gets sent back to us.

Sites can update the registration information we hold about them at any time them by repeating the manual process.
It is important to note that because of the manual process information that is collected by moodle.org may be out of date.

Moodle since version 1.0 has allowed users to register their sites with us, registration being something that we encourage all publicly available sites to do.
You can read more about registration, the registration process and what is collected on the [[Moodle registration|Moodle Registration]] page.

===Moderation===
To ensure that the statistics that we collect are as accurate as possible there are certain conditions that a registered site has to meet in order to be included into both the statistics and sites pages.

When a site first registers we check the information about the site to ensure that the URL they have provided is valid and that the email address for the site administrator is a valid email address.
We also at this point sanity check the information being collected to remove obvious test sites.

===Maintenance===
Like most of the web many sites come and go. Since we strive to maintain accurate statistics we need to check registered sites on a regular basis and clean out old data.
A sophisticated, automated site check process is used to undertake the task of checking every registered site on a weekly basis.

In checking registered sites every sites is visited by our site check program that then evaluates and scores each site individually based on a collection of a number of defined rules that we have set to identify each and every Moodle release. The score that a site receives determines whether the site is included in the sites list or not.
Any site that fails the evaluation is then removed from the [http://moodle.net/sites sites list] and not included in any [http://moodle.net/stats statistics].

===Ensuring your site passes the weekly evaluation===
To ensure that your site passes the weekly evaluation check that your site meets the following three criteria.
* Check the URL you registered is the URL of your Moodle registration. We check only the page returned from the URL you registered, we don't dig down into your site, or search any alternatives.
* Check the site is publicly available on the Internet. We can't check your site if it is only available locally, or has been wrapped in any means of authentication.
* Ensure you have content when you register your site. If you don't have any content when you register it is likely we will dismiss your site as a test site. Ensure that you have created at least one course, and three users within your installation before registering.

If you want to find out when we last came through you can check your personal site statistics or web server logs and look for page requests on your registered URL that have the following user agent
''moodle.org Link Checker (http://moodle.org/sites/)''

==See also==

*[[:Category:Installations|Moodle installation listings]]

[[de:Nutzung]]
[[es:Uso]]

Course creator role

2015-01-05T11:51:50Z

TimHunt:

Help:Editing

2015-01-05T11:50:07Z

TimHunt: Undo edit

{{Help}}
This page is for editing Moodle Documentation (MoodleDocs), which is based on MediaWiki format (similar to Wikipedia).

==Edit tab==
Every MoodleDoc page has an "edit" tab at the top . This link will let you edit the page you are viewing. Please try editing a page by using this [[Sandbox|sandbox link]]. We will cover more formatting and special MoodleDoc features below. The edit tool bar is easy to use.

There are 3 parts to the edit page: the content areas to edit with its toolbar at the top; the save, preview, changes and summary box; the preview area.

===Edit tool bar===
[[Image:MoodleDocs Edit Toolbar.png|frame|center|Edit tool bar]]
Hold the mouse cursor over the edit tool bar to see what functions each icon will do. From left to right: Bold, Italics, Internal (page) link, external link, Level 2 heading, embedded image, media file link, mathematical formula, no wiki, signature and time stamp, horizontal line.

=== Show preview ===
[[Image:MoodleDocs save edit area 1.png|frame|center|Example of the save, preview, comment area below the edit box]]
In edit mode, the show preview button at the bottom of the page lets you see what the page will look like after your edit, before you actually save. We all make mistakes; this feature lets you catch them immediately. Using Show preview before saving also lets you try format changes and other edits without cluttering up the page history, and has a number of other advantages. Don't forget to save your edits after previewing, though!

=== Edit summary ===
Before saving the page, it's considered good practice to enter a very brief summary of your changes in the summary box below the edit-box.

In the example above, the contributor used the edit link next to a heading called "Tips and tricks". MoodleDocs automatically added "/* Tips and tricks */" to the summary box. The The contributor added a comment "Put comment here about edit - will rollback".

See [[Help:Editing#Page history|Page history below]] where the example is continued.

===Show changes===
This button will change the preview area. One column will show current areas that will be changed and another column will show the resulting changes from what has been done in the content editing box.

== Formatting ==

Most '''formatting''' in MoodleDocs is usually done with MediaWiki markup - you don't have to learn HTML!

=== Bold and italics ===
'''Bolding''' and ''italicizing'' is done by surrounding a word or phrase with multiple apostrophes (<tt>'</tt>):

:<code><nowiki>''italics''</nowiki></code> appears as ''italics''. (2 apostrophes on both sides)
:<code><nowiki>'''bold'''</nowiki></code> appears as '''bold'''. (3 apostrophes on both sides)
:<code><nowiki>'''''bolded italics'''''</nowiki></code> appears as '''''bolded italics'''''. (5 apostrophes on both sides)

=== Headings and subheadings ===
Headings and subheadings are an easy way to improve the organization of an article.

Headings can be created like this:
:<code><nowiki>==Top level heading==</nowiki></code> (2 equals signs)
:<code><nowiki>===Subheading===</nowiki></code> (3 equals signs)
:<code><nowiki>====Another level down====</nowiki></code> (4 equals signs)

If an article has at least four headings, a table of contents will automatically be generated.

=== Indentations ===
The simplest way of indenting is to place a colon (<code>:</code>) at the beginning of a line. The more colons you put, the further indented the text will be. A newline marks the end of the indented paragraph e.g.
:<code>This is aligned all the way to the left.</code>
:<code><nowiki>:</nowiki>This is indented slightly.</code>
:<code><nowiki>::</nowiki>This is indented more.</code>
is shown as
:This is aligned all the way to the left.
::This is indented slightly.
:::This is indented more.

=== Lists ===
{| class="nicetable"
|-
!What it looks like
!What you type
|-
|
* ''Unordered lists'' are easy to do:
** start every line with a star
*** more stars means deeper levels
*A newline
*in a list
marks the end of the list.

|<pre><nowiki>* Unordered Lists are easy to do:
** start every line with a star
*** more stars means deeper levels
*A newline
*in a list
marks the end of the list.
</nowiki></pre>
|-
|
# Numbered lists are also good
## very organized
## easy to follow
#A newline
#in a list
marks the end of the list.
|<pre><nowiki># Numbered lists are also good
## very organized
## easy to follow
#A newline
#in a list
marks the end of the list.
</nowiki></pre>
|-
|Descriptive lists:
; first tag : accompanying description
; second tag : more description
; third tag : surprise! more description
|<pre><nowiki>Descriptive lists:
; first tag : accompanying description
; second tag : more description
; third tag : surprise! more description
</nowiki></pre>
|}

=== Preserving formatting ===

{| class="nicetable"
|-
!What it looks like
!What you type
|-
|
Leading spaces are another way to preserve formatting.

Putting a space at the beginning of each line
stops the text from being reformatted.
|<pre><nowiki>Leading spaces are another way to preserve formatting.

Putting a space at the beginning of each line
stops the text from being reformatted.
</nowiki></pre>
|}

You can also use <nowiki><pre></nowiki> tags.

A "nowiki" tag on either side of text area, starts and stops wiki formatting within a line of text. For example, placing the tags here <nowiki> <nowiki> turns off linking [[Main page]] </nowiki> </nowiki> and then starts the wiki formatting again. Here is the same link [[Main page]] without the tags on either side.

The HTML edit tool bar has a nowiki icon.

===PHP syntax higlighting===

{| class="nicetable"
|-
!What it looks like
!What you type
|-
|
<code php>$user = $DB->get_record('user', array('id'=>'1');</code>
|<pre><nowiki><code php>$user = $DB->get_record('user', array('id'=>'1');</code></nowiki></pre>
|}

===Tables===

See [http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Table#Spreadsheet_to_wiki_table_format the Mediawiki help] for full details of the table syntax.

{| class="nicetable"
|-
!What it looks like
!What you type
|-
| A table:

{| class="nicetable"
|-
! header 1
! header 2
! header 3
|-
| row 1, cell 1
| row 1, cell 2
| row 1, cell 3
|-
| row 2, cell 1
| row 2, cell 2
| row 2, cell 3
|}

| <pre><nowiki>A table:

{| class="nicetable"
|-
! header 1
! header 2
! header 3
|-
| row 1, cell 1
| row 1, cell 2
| row 1, cell 3
|-
| row 2, cell 1
| row 2, cell 2
| row 2, cell 3
|}
</nowiki></pre>
|}

Note, the class="nicetable" is our local hack for Moodledocs. You can leave it out to get a table without borders.

You can also add in more attributes if you do not want to use class="nicetable"

<nowiki>border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" align="center"</nowiki>
Or perhaps you want a floating table.
<nowiki>style="float: right;"</nowiki>

Like HTML, you can also have a combined use of "colspan" and "rowspan":
<nowiki>| rowspan="2" | A
| colspan="2" style="text-align: center;" | B</nowiki>

(from mediaWiki Help pages)

== Using Images ==
Images are included in two parts. The first part is a link in the page to an image and the second is uploading the image. For example:

<nowiki>[[Image:MoodleDocs Edit Toolbar.png|frame|center|Edit tool bar]]</nowiki>

is how an image is edited onto the page. The brackets place a link to an image. The Image name tells the wiki renderer that an image is following. The name of the image follows then after that the presentation style of that image is determined. There are a number of different styling possibilities and include thumbnails, resizing, borders, etc.

Images are initially rendered on the page as text, you click the text and a very simple upload process begins. Wikis store images automagically and maintain links internally.

For practical and stylistic reasons, Moodle Docs tend to keep images in the centre of a page and do not often use thumbnails.

For full documentation about images, see [https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Help:Images Mediawiki Image Docs]

==Embedding videos==

To embed a YouTube video, simply add <nowiki><mediaplayer></nowiki> tags around the video URL e.g. <nowiki><mediaplayer>http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=U7M3sZL6wts</mediaplayer></nowiki>

== Links and Anchors ==

=== Page links ===
To make a wiki page link, simply put the word in double square brackets, like this: <code><nowiki>[[Sandbox]]</nowiki></code> . Highlight text and using the "internal link" tool will do this as well.

If you want to use words other than the article title as the text of the link, you can do so by adding the pipe "|" divider followed by the alternative name or text.

For example, if you wanted to make a link to the [[Sandbox]], but wanted it to say "my text" you would write it as: <code><nowiki>[[Sandbox|my text]]</nowiki>...</code> It would appear as: [[Sandbox|my text]]... but would link to the sandbox.

There are some special internal link notations. For example <nowiki>[[#top]]</nowiki> will always jump to the top of the current page.

=== External links ===

The easiest way to make an external link is to simply type in the full URL for the page you want to link to e.g. http://school.demo.moodle.net/.

If you want the link to appear with text that you specify, add an alternative title after the address separated by a '''space''' (''not'' a pipe). So if you want the link to appear as [http://school.demo.moodle.net/ School demo site], just type <code><nowiki>[http://school.demo.moodle.net/ School demo site] </nowiki></code>.

===Tracker links===

To automatically link to an issue in the Moodle tracker, simply type the issue number MDL-xxxx e.g. MDL-1234.

=== Categories links ===
A category is a type of index page, a page of links listed in alphabetical order. In page view mode, a list of categories that a page is linked to, appears at the bottom.

To '''put a page in a category''', just type <code><nowiki>[[Category:]]</nowiki></code>, and put the name of the category between the colon and the brackets.

To '''link directly to a category''' use <code><nowiki>[[:Category:Teacher | teacher]]</nowiki></code>, this will show as [[:Category:Teacher | teacher]], note the preceding ":", which is different to <code><nowiki>[[Category:Teacher | teacher]]</nowiki></code>. The second will put the current page in the teacher category as mentioned above.

If you put a page in a category, it's usually a good idea to '''add a sort key''' to the category like so: <code><nowiki>[[Category:Developer|Eclipse]]</nowiki></code>. This will result in the page being placed under "E" like "Eclipse" in the alphabetical link list where most users will look for it.

You can also use MediaWiki's '''PAGENAME variable''' (= the article title without its namespace) as a sort key: <code><nowiki>[[Category:Developer|{PAGENAME}]]</nowiki></code>.

This page is linked to the single category "MoodleDocs".

===Inter-language links===

Simply type <code><nowiki>[[es:Corresponding page title in Spanish]]</nowiki></code> in the English Moodle Docs, or <code><nowiki>[[en:Corresponding page title in English]]</nowiki></code> in the [[:es:Portada|Spanish Moodle Docs]], at the bottom of the page, below the category link. Inter-language links will appear automatically in the "In other languages" block.

If for some reason you want to refer to a page in another language version in the running text, precede the language code by a colon. Thus, the reference in the preceeding paragraph was produced by the text <nowiki>[[:es:Portada|Spanish Moodle Docs]]</nowiki>.

You can also, using the same way, make link to developper documentation, using links like this one : <nowiki>[[:dev:Page name|Page title to use]]</nowiki>.

<nowiki>[[:en:Page name|Page title to use]]</nowiki> links to the latest version of the page in English.

=== User-page links ===
User names can be linked to a user page. For example <nowiki>[[User:Helen Foster|Helen Foster]] </nowiki> will appear [[User:Helen Foster|Helen Foster]] and link to the user's page. Comments by other users are generally left on the Users page comment tab.

=== Interwiki links ===
[TODO]

===Manual Anchors===
Other than automated anchors ([[#Automatic_Anchors|see below]]) manual anchors can be inserted by using something this this:

<nowiki>'''My Anchor.'''</nowiki>

Which if implemented will create an anchor '''My Anchor.'''.

Inside the page I can now refer to this link as [[#anchor_one|the link to My Anchor]] by using this:

<nowiki>[[#anchor_one|the link to My Anchor]]</nowiki>

If you want to have a link back to the top of a (long) page, just insert:

<nowiki>[[#top|Back to top of page]]</nowiki>

== Page comments ==
The page comment tab is used for discussion about the page. Sometimes before making an edit on the page for the first time, it is a good idea to check the page comments. It can be formatted the same as a main page, thus can be used to show a draft of a proposed change.

Talk page contributions may be signed and dated by typing four tildes <nowiki>~~~~</nowiki>. This will appear as [[User:Helen Foster|Helen Foster]] 06:35, 19 February 2006 (WST), for example.
: There's also a handy button for signing in the toolbar of the editing field: [[Image:Signature Icon.png]]

==Page history==
The page history tab allows a way to look at changes between different edits by using the "Compare versions" button and selecting the versions to compare.

It is also possible to revert (roll back) an edit to a previous version from this tab. Usually rollback are left to the MoodleDoc Sysops (administrators), but you certainly can rollback your recent edits. Hopefully, both MoodleDoc sysops and you will comment why the rollback was performed.
[[Image:MoodleDocs history 1.png|frame|center|Example of top 2 entries on a history tab]]

==Watch and unwatch page==
A watched page will appear on "my watchlist" when ever someone edits the page. There is a tab next to history which acts as a toggle between watch and unwatch. In edit mode, there is also at the bottom of the edit area a "Watch this page" check off box.

==See also==
*[http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:Editing MediaWiki Help:Editing]
*[http://meta.wikimedia.org/wiki/Help:HTML_in_wikitext Help:HTML in wikitext]
*[http://wikipedia.mozdev.org/ Firefox Wikipedia extension] - The Wikipedia extension makes editing of wiki pages easier by adding a new toolbar to your browser and by providing new menu items in the context menu (right mouse key).

[[Category:MoodleDocs]]

[[de:Bearbeitung von Moodle Docs Seiten]]
[[es:Ayuda:Cómo se edita una página]]
[[fr:Aide:Comment éditer une page]]
[[ja:Help:編集方法]]

Building Quiz

2014-10-24T15:38:36Z

TimHunt: /* Choosing a pre-made question */

{{Quiz}}

==How a Moodle quiz works==

The word “quiz” might conjure up for some images of TV game shows, but a Moodle quiz is basically a set of questions presented to the learner which may be automatically marked by Moodle or graded later by the teacher. The questions may be in sentence or number form or contain various media such as video or sound. They do not all need to be the same type of questions: a quiz may contain multiple choice, matching, essays (teacher-graded) and calculated. Feedback may be given at any or all stages of the process.

Once a quiz is made, that’s not the end of it. A Moodle quiz is environmentally friendly: its questions are saved in a [[Question bank]] and may be recycled for use elsewhere. Thus, Mr Brown could create a Physics Quiz with 20 questions for his class, Class Brown, and his colleague Mr Smith sharing the course could save himself valuable time by resusing 5 of Mr Brown’s questions in his own General Science quiz for Class Smith. (See also [[How to let teachers share questions between courses|Question Sharer role]] for sharing questions across the site)

If you think of a quiz as a book, the [[Quiz settings]] are equivalent to the front cover; the quiz itself is contained within when the questions are created. (Be careful : once you have chosen the Quiz Settings, it will be “live” on your course page, unless you hide it, so your learners could potentially see a quiz with no questions, like a front cover with no content.)

Note that it is possible to create questions directly in the [[Question bank]] without first creating a quiz. These questions may then be used later.

Once a quiz has been added to the course and the [[Quiz settings]] established,the teacher can start to build the quiz. The teacher can access the quiz to edit the questions by clicking directly on the Quiz name on the course home page or by clicking "Edit quiz" in ''Administration>Quiz administration.''

{|
| [[File:editquiz.png|thumb|400px|Accessing the quiz to add or edit questions]]

|}

==Adding questions==
{{New features}}

Once you have accessed the quiz editing screen as above, you can add questions from a number of locations:

#Click the 'Add' link as in the screenshot below
#When it opens up, choose either to add a new question, to select a question from the question bank or to add a random question.

{|
| [[File:newaddquestion.png|thumb|450px|Adding a question]]

|}

===Creating a new question===

1. To make a brand new question, click 'Add' and then '+ a new question'.

2. From the next screen, choose the question type you want to add and click "Next"

'''NOTE:''' ''When you click on a question type on the left, helpful information appears on the right''.

{|
| [[File:questionpicker.png|thumb|440px|Selecting a question type]]

|}

3. Fill in the question form, making sure to give a grade to the correct answer.

4. Click "Save changes".

{|
| [[File:newlycreatedquestion.png|thumb|430px|A question when it has been created]]

|}

'''Note:''' If you have a very complex question, and you want to check it as you go along, you can preview it and then click "Save changes and continue editing".

{|
| [[File:savechangesandcontinuediting.png|thumb|398px|Save changes and continue editing]]

|}

Note that when a question has been created, an icon and words display its type (eg multiple choice). It can be modified by clicking the edit icon (eg [[File:editicon.png]]) and previewed or deleted by clicking the magnifying glass or X icons:(eg [[File:previewdelete1.png]])
====Adding responses and feedback====

When you add responses and feedback you can display one or more toolbars in the editor:
{|
| [[File:quizform1.png|thumb|350px|With one toolbar]]
| [[File:quizform2.png|thumb|350px|With three toolbars]]

|}

You can continue adding questions this way, clicking 'Add' and '+ a new question' each time.

===Choosing a pre-made question===
*If other teachers in the course have made questions, or if a teacher made questions in an earlier quiz, these can be added to the current quiz by clicking 'Add' and '+ from question bank' .
* Click the + sign next to one question you want to add it (1 in screenshot below)
* If you have several questions, or you want to add all the questions, tick the box of each question or the top box (2 in screenshot below) and then click 'Add selected questions to the quiz' (3 in the screenshot below).
* To sort the questions, click the column headings. The default sort order (T) is short for question type. (2 in the screenshot below)
* To ensure all previously made questions are available, make sure to tick the boxes "also show questions from sub-categories/old questions".

{|
| [[File:addfromqbank1.png|thumb|350px|Using a previously made question]]

|}

'''Note:''' It is also possible to import pre-made questions into your quiz, from ''Quiz administration>Question bank>Import.'' See [[Import questions]] for more information. Sample questions are available from the [http://moodle.net/mod/data/view.php?d=1&mode=list&perpage=40&search=&sort=0&order=DESC&advanced=0&filter=1&advanced=1&f_2=Quiz+questions&f_11=&f_13=&f_12=&f_9=&f_8= Moodle.net content database.]

===Adding a random question===
As long as you have questions in the question bank, you can add random questions to your quiz by clicking 'Add' and then '+ a random question'. This might be useful if you have students in a class taking a quiz at the same time, because they are unlikely to get the same questions at the same time. The same question will never appear twice in a quiz. If you include several random questions then different questions will always be chosen for each of them. If you mix random questions with non-random questions then the random questions will be chosen so that they do not duplicate one of the non-random questions. This does imply that you need to provide enough questions in the category from which the random questions are chosen, otherwise the student will be shown a friendly error message. The more questions you provide the more likely it will be that students get different questions on each attempt.

The grade for the randomly chosen question will be rescaled so that the maximum grade is what you have chosen as the grade for the random question.

You can add one or more random questions by choosing the number and category in the question bank. Note the die icon to highlight random question selection.
{|
| [[File:addrandomq.png|thumb|400px|Adding a random question]]
| [[File:newrandom.png|thumb|400px|Random question selected for quiz]]

|}

====Quiz question tags====
Note that although it is possible to tag questions, the feature does not currently work. See forum discussion: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=194119

===Question categories===
Questions can be stored and retrieved from categories in the Question bank. When you make a new question it defaults to the category with the course name. So if you make a quiz in the Senior Physics course, questions will automatically be added to "Default for Senior Physics". You can opt to have your quiz questions in a category of their own ("Quizname") or to add a subcategory.

To add a subcategory, go to ''Administration>Quiz administration>Question bank>Categories'' For more information on question contexts and categories, see [[Question bank]]

Users will have access to different categories according to their permissions. For example, a regular teacher might only have access to question categories in his own Physics course whereas his Faculty Head of Science with permissions in all science courses might have access to question categories in Biology and Chemistry as well.

==Quiz layout==
{{New features}}

*You can choose in '' Administration>Quiz administration>Edit settings>Layout'' whether to have a new page for every question or after a certain number of questions.
* You can add a page break between questions by clicking the arrow icon (where the arrows are pointing away from each other) (1 in the screenshot below) A new page will be created. (2 in the screenshot below)
*You can remove pages by clicking the arrow icon (where the arrows are pointing towards each other). (3 in the screenshot below)

[[File:addpagebreak.png|thumb|500px|center]]
*You can also change the layout of the whole quiz by clicking the 'Repaginate' button:

[[File:repaginate.png|thumb|center|500px]]

*Questions may be moved by dragging and dropping using the crosshairs icon: [[File:crosshairsicon.png]]

==Assigning points to questions ==
''Administration > Quiz administration > Edit quiz > Editing quiz''

You can set how many points each question is worth by changing the number in the box to the right of each question and you can change the maximum grade by changing the number in the box top right at the top of the quiz. The default is one point per question and 100.00 maximum grade.

{|
| [[File:allquizgrades.png|thumb|450px|Points per question and max grade]]
| [[File:editmaxmark.png|thumb|450px|Edit individual marks]]

|}

:Tip: Each save button is independent of each other. Thus if you change 2 grade boxes and click on the "Save" button, only the grade next to that button will be saved. Your other changes will revert to what they were before. Best practice is to change the grade and save one question at a time.

The quiz module will do any maths, so for example, a 2 point question will be worth 2 times more when the Quiz module determines how many point out of 10 to award the student.

==Previewing the quiz==
*You can preview individual questions by clicking the magnifying glass icon.
*You can preview the whole quiz by clicking the "Preview" link in ''Administration>Quiz administration>Preview''
*The quiz works like a real quiz so you can see your grades and any feedback for correct/incorrect answers just as a student would see them.

'''NOTE''': ''To get a more accurate view of how a student would view your quiz, it is advised to log in with a "dummy" student account created by the admin for testing activities. This is more reliable than the 'switch role to student' feature.

*See also the question: 'How can a teacher '-dry run a quiz..?' in [[Quiz FAQ]]''
{|
| [[File:singleqp.png|thumb|300px|Previewing a single question]]
| [[File:previewquiz.png|thumb|200px|Click to preview the whole quiz]]
| [[File:quizpreviewed.png|thumb|200px|Quiz in preview mode]]

|}

==After quiz has been attempted==
If one or more students have taken the quiz, you will see a list of all the questions in the quiz and a notice saying that you cannot add or remove questions.

You can change the order of questions, regrade them, preview an individual question and click on an question edit link that will allow you to directly edit the question stored in the question bank.

'''NOTE:''' You can delete all quiz attempts by students and then edit the quiz as if no students had attempted it. To do this,click the quiz name and then the Results link in the Navigation block. This will present a list of students and their scores. Click "Select all" and then "Delete selected attempts".

===Dealing with faulty questions===

There are several ways to deal with "bad" questions in a quiz.
::*Change the grade for the bad question to 0 in the quiz.
::*Edit the question, changing what you will accept as a correct answer, then regrading the exam. Remember when changing a question that the next time it is used it will be as it was in the last edit. Also, regrading will only affect one quiz at a time.
::*You can edit the question to explain the situation to the student and then you can set the grade for the question to zero. After you make such changes you should regrade the quiz by clicking on the '''Results''' tab and then the '''Regrade''' tab. This will change the grade for all students who have taken the quiz so far. Remember, if the question is used by another quiz, your "explanation" will appear as part of that quiz.
::*You can change the grade for the bad question and then move or delete the question from your question category. The question will still appear on the quiz. Some places do not like to delete any question, but will move them to a "dead" or "bad" question category.
::*When you discover a bad question in your quiz, it may affect the question bank. Remember that a final might be made up of a certain number of random questions drawn from different question categories, the same categories used in a smaller subject quiz. It can be very important do something about bad or invalid questions in a question category when the categories are use in other places.

==See also==
*[[Questions]] in [[Managing a Moodle course]]

[[Category:Questions]]

[[de:Test erstellen]]
[[es:Construyendo un examen]]

Quiz FAQ

2014-09-30T09:27:46Z

TimHunt: /* How can I prevent cheating in a proctored quiz used as an exam? */

{{Quiz}}

==How can I randomly generate a quiz from a larger question bank?==
See the section on adding random questions in [[Building Quiz]].

==Can I have different start times/timings/numbers of attempts for different groups?==
*In the Quiz administration settings block, there is a link "group override".
*Click this link and you will be able to select your groups and change the quiz dates, times and number of attempts:

[[File:quizgroupoverride.png]]

==What happens if students submit answers after the quiz closing date?==
It is possible for students to still submit answers after the quiz has closed (for example if they started the attempt before the closing date but then took a long time before submitting). These responses are stored by the quiz module, but the students are not given any credit for them. The teacher can see these answers when reviewing the student's attempts and can give the student credit for them by hand. Also the teacher could change the closing date after the fact and regrade the attempts. The students answers would then get graded.

==Is there a nice way to print a copy of a quiz?==

See this [https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=qformat_wordtable addon] for exporting questions (including images) in a question bank into a Word file

Not at the moment. See this tracker request: [https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-348 Printer-friendly (more compact) layout option for quiz]
*Also this discussion, where there is an unlikely hack: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=222565
*Some CSS suggestions here: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=205969#p899667
*The University of Vienna published an [http://www.academic-moodle-cooperation.org/en/modules/offline-quiz/ offline quiz module for Moodle 2.2+] available for [http://www.academic-moodle-cooperation.org/en/modules/offline-quiz/ download in GitHub].

Also note the comments here: https://docs.moodle.org/en/Effective_quiz_practices#Printing_and_sharing_questions

==Why am I no longer allowed to add or remove questions?==
Most likely it is because you have students that have already attempted the quiz. You will need to delete all of the attempts by selecting them and choosing to delete them if you need to add/remove questions from a quiz.

If you are developing a new quiz where the attempts have just been trials then deleting the previous attempts will have no consequeces in the grade book.

If this is not the case think carefully about how to handle the graded attempts.

There are several ways of getting to the “attempts #” which you need to click on to delete the previous attempts. Use which ever works for you.
#Click on the quiz that you want to amend. It will take you to a page with “attempts #" at the top.
#If you are on a page with this message “You cannot add or remove questions because the quiz has been attempted (attempts #)” Click on "attempts #".
#If you have navigated away from the page with the message go to the Settings block > Quiz Administration > Edit Quiz.
Whichever way you find “attempts #” click on it and you will go to a page with a drop down menu at the top. Select “all users who have attempted the quiz”. There are several other click boxes select whatever applies to your situation.
Click “Show Report” and then “select all”. Click “Delete selected attempts” and confirm selection.

Go back to Quiz Administration > Edit Quiz and you will now be able to add or delete questions.

==How can I turn off glossary auto-linking in a quiz? ==
*In the Quiz administration settings block there will be a link "filter".
*Click the link and you will have the option to disable filters just for that particular quiz:

[[File:quizfilter.png]]

==How can I remove a problem question after the quiz has been taken?==

You can not remove a question once a quiz has been taken by one student or more. However you can change the score and flag the question so you know it has problems.

Set the score for that question to 0.
*Caution: In some versions of Moodle if you use this question in an other quiz, this will potentially change the question in that quiz as well. A trick is to score the question as 0, then regrade the just completed quiz. This will establish the new grade for gradebook. Now go back and change the score to the original value.

Find the question in Question Bank. Maybe edit the title (Do not use in Bio101). Or if you do not share the question category with other teachers, create a sub category, move the offending question there, and perhaps create a better question to replace the one you just moved. Create a new quiz and if necessary hide the old one.
*Caution: if other departments or teachers use a question category it might be wise to check with the team before moving or changing any question. This is one reason importing questions in a course is a good best practice in some situations.

==Can I have a quiz that is not graded?==

This is not a common requirement, so it may not work perfectly, but you can get close:

# On the quiz editing page, set the score for each question, and the total score for the quiz to 0.
# On the quiz settings page, there is a grid of check-boxes. Turn off all the ones in the score column.

==Why is my quiz not displaying in the gradebook?==
*Check that you have a maximum score that is more than 0 - if your score is 0, then the quiz will not appear in the gradebook.

Remember you can tell gradebook not to include the quiz.

==How do I allow a person to retake a quiz if I have it set for 1 attempt?==
*In the Quiz administration settings block, there is a link "user overrides".
*Click this link and you can change the allowed number of attempts for that user. Screenshot:[https://docs.moodle.org/24/en/File:quizuseroverride.png]

==How can I give particular students extra time in a timed quiz?==
*In the Quiz administration settings block there is a link "user overrides"
*Click this link and you will be able to choose one or more users and change the timing of their quiz

[[File:quizuseroverride.png]]

==I've entered quiz grades manually in the gradebook. How can I allow students to improve on these grades?==

When a grade is entered directly in the gradebook, an "overridden" flag is set, meaning that the grade can no longer be changed from within the quiz.

However, the flag can be removed by turning editing on in the [[Grader report|grader report]], then clicking the [[Grade editing|edit grade]] icon, unchecking the overridden box and saving the changes.

==How can I enable notification of quiz submissions?==

See [[Quiz submission notification]].

==Why can't people (guests) take a quiz without creating an account and logging in?==

This is difficult to implement for technical reasons.

To explain: The quiz has to link all information about an attempt to a particular 'user' record in the database, and each user can only have one open quiz attempt at a time. All not-logged-in users share the same 'guest' user database record. Therefore, two guests could not attempt the quiz at the same time, and even if they could, it would be difficult to prevent one guest seeing another guest's attempts.

Of course, given enough work, it would be possible to change some of those assumptions, and so make it possible for guests to attempt quizzes. Indeed, some of the obstructions to implementing this have already been removed while doing other work on the quiz, but there is still some way to go.

If you would like to see this implemented, please vote for MDL-17892.

A workaround is to create a visitor account, say with username = password = visitor, for everyone to share.

==Can you explain the error The number of random questions required is more than are still available in the category!==

Review your quiz and verify Moodle has enough questions from each category of questions it will be pulling from. You may have inadvertently selected more questions than what exists in the category. Also make sure you're not pulling questions from a category that has zero questions. Because you are picking random questions, rather than a specific question, it may not be apparent at first that you have run out of questions to ask!

==How do I send a bulk message to all students who haven't completed a quiz?==
*From your navigation block, click ''Reports>Course participation''
*From the drop down, choose your quiz.
*In ''Show only'', choose "Student" and in ''Actions'', choose "post"
*In the list that appears, tick/check the boxes next to those you wish to message.
*In the bottom dropdown ''With selected users'', choose "send message"

[[File:quizemail.png]]

==Can I download the quiz questions in a non-Moodle format?==
You might want to keep a local copy of quiz questions as evidence. While Moodle doesn't offer a built-in method of doing this, suggestions include:
#previewing the quiz, getting to the review page and from your computer, choosing "Save as...webpage complete" and
#exporting the question as Moodle XML, or GIFT format. If you open either of those files in a text-editor, you should be able to see most details of each question. Not very pretty, but accurate.

==How can I turn off question flagging?==
By default, flags are available in quiz questions.

[[File:flag.png]]

There is a capablity attached to this: [[Capabilities/moodle/question:flag]]. Remove this capability from roles that you don't want to see the flags. You can either do that by editing the role definitions globally, or by overriding the permissions in just one quiz or course.

==How do I create system-wide question categories?==
* As an administrator or user with system permissions, go to ''Question bank>categories'' in any course.
*Using the "Add category form" at the bottom of the page, set the parent of the new category to be the system context.

==How can I prevent a student from reviewing or jumping around questions in a quiz?==
You can block the quiz navigation block and the summary of quiz page with CSS code in a theme. However, if a student fails to answer a question, they will not know if you implement this "solution". Also if others on the site do not want this patch, make sure the theme you select for the course is not used by others.

For example using the Afterburner theme: Site Administration >Appearance >Themes >Afterburner and enter this in the CSS code area:

:div#mod_quiz_navblock {visibility:hidden;}
:table.quizsummaryofattempt {visibility:hidden;}

There are other css solutions.

==How can I minimise the load on the server while using quizzes?==
*Try to avoid a lot of students starting a quiz at the same time
*Check these discussions:
**https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=213259
**https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=215641
**https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=215130

For other notes on performance with quizzes, see the section 'Performance of different Moodle modules' in [[Performance recommendations]].
==How can I make the quiz timer "float" or move down the page?==
See this forum thread: [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=210049 How to make the quiz timer float] for one suggestion.

==Why are images not included when exporting quiz questions?==
Images are only included if you export the questions using Moodle XML format. For all other question export formats (including GIFT), you will get broken images. Please see forum post [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=244615 Students not able to see images in exported quiz questions]

==Why does the quiz timer keep counting down when the student is not looking at the quiz?==
It is not possible to stop the timer and start it again. Moodle cannot tell the difference between legitimate reasons for doing this (such as a fire alarm requiring evacuation of the test room) or a student simply using time going to another browser and googling the answers. Nor can Moodle tell if the connection has been lost, although the student does now get a warning MDL-42504

It might be preferable in certain circumstances, such as timed examinations using Quiz, to manually announce the start/end time, rather then rely on the quiz timer.

For further comments see:
* https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=96194
* https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=177180
* https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=237847

==How can a "Never submitted quiz" be submitted?==
Currently there is no way to retrieve an attempt that was "Never Submitted", and get it back into the "In progress" state, but there is a tracker issue MDL-35745. Perhaps the best solution is to plan ahead and set your quiz to set your quiz to be submitted automatically. Failing that, see also this [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=212819 forum thread] which suggests:
# Update the quiz : set the "close the quiz" date after today
# Set "When time expires" to "There is a grace period ..."
#Under Grade set "Attempts allowed" to "unlimited"
#Question behavior: Each attempt builds on the last "Yes"
# Invite the students who did not close their exams
# Allow them to start a new attempt, and close it immediately.

==How can I hide the number of marks available for each question?==

This is not really possible unless you are prepared to edit the code.

If you have a custom theme, you can add CSS like this:
<code css>
.que .info .grade { display: none; }
</code>
or you could try to make it more specific, and only hide the grade before the question is answered:
<code css>
.que.answersaved .info .grade,
.que.invalidanswer .info .grade,
.que.notyetanswered .info .grade { display: none; }
</code>
You can also add this CSS using the [[Header_and_footer|Additional HTML admin setting]].

Alternatively, you can alter the PHP code here: https://github.com/moodle/moodle/blob/4de51c25ae227a727dcba7c39f6f644a5d47ce7a/mod/quiz/locallib.php#L1820. Change that line to give the behaviour you want, e.g.
<code php>
$options->marks = self::extract($quiz->reviewmarks, $when,
self::MARK_AND_MAX, self::HIDDEN);
</code>

Be warned that any of these approaches will affect every quiz in the Moodle site.

==How can a teacher dry run a quiz before it is released?==
* You have prepared a quiz exam for your students. It is currently in a hidden state.
* The exam opens on the day of the exam, at a time that the students know about.
* However, to satisfy yourself that it is doable in the time allotted, You wish to do a dry run yourself before that date.
* How can You accomplish this?

===Method 1===
You can use the Preview feature available to you as a teacher as you are making the quiz.

===Method 2===
* Make a dummy account with a name like "Test Student".
* Enrol that user in the course as a student.
* Add a "User override" to the quiz, so "Test Student" can attempt the quiz before it is open to everyone else.
* Log in as "Test student".
* Attempt the quiz.
* Log back in as teacher.
* Review the attempt.
* Go to Results -> Grades and delete the test attempt.
* Un-enrol "Test Student" from your course.

==How can I prevent a student doing a quiz for another student?==
For some ideas on preventing cheating, see the forum thread [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=271100#p1168345 User dependent locking and unlocking of quizzes]

==See also==
* [[Quiz Time Limit]]

Using Moodle forum discussions:

*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=96326 Removing "Submit all and Finish" button]
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=141003 How do you keep people from cheating while taking a quiz?]
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=131325 Scientific notation in quiz answers]
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=158846 Quiz answers appear in wrong language]
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=196206 Random Order Override]

Related FAQs:
* [[Import and export FAQ]] - for hints on importing questions
* [[XML FAQ]] - for information on creating and importing questions in Moodle XML format

[[Category:FAQ]]

[[de:Test FAQ]]
[[es:Examen FAQ]]

question/behaviour

2014-09-08T17:02:45Z

TimHunt: Redirected page to Question behaviours

#redirect [[Question behaviours]]

Complete install packages for Windows

2014-09-08T13:45:01Z

TimHunt: /* Port 80 Conflict if Skype is already installed */

{{Installing Moodle}}
Complete install packages are available from Moodle.org's [http://download.moodle.org/windows Windows download page] and from bitnami (for newer Windows versions). The packages are designed for new installations on a standalone computer. The complete install package can be used on a server, but '''it is not recommended that it be used as a production site'''. Please note Moodle.org's [http://download.moodle.org Standard install packages] only contain the Moodle code.

This document provides instructions for using the Windows packages. Separate instructions are available for [[Complete Install Packages for Mac OS X|Mac OS X packages]].

The complete install packages allow Moodle to be installed, along with the prerequisites that includes a web server, Apache, database, MySQL, scripting language, PHP, an administration tool, phpMyAdmin and Moodle all wrapped in the Xampp-lite shell. Several versions of the complete install package are available. The instructions on the download page provide guidance on which version is likely to be most suitable.

In short, complete install packages are designed to create a matched webserver and Moodle site on a standalone computer with minimal effort.

==System requirements==
:*256 MB RAM (minimum), 512 MB RAM (recommended)
:*160 MB free Fixed Disk (more space will be needed depending on user uploads)
:*Windows 98/ME (minimum)
:*Windows NT/2000/XP (recommended) - for later versions of Windows, see below.

===Port 80 Conflict if Skype is already installed===
As the Moodle Windows package uses the same port (80) as [http://www.skype.com/en/ Skype] does, it will not work if the computer has Skype already installed.

The fix is very simple: Exit Skype (don't just close the window), then start the Moodle Windows package. Once Moodle for Windows is running, it should be safe to start Skype again. If the local Moodle is using the port 80, Skype will automatically select a different port when it is run.

===Vista and Windows 7/8===

Many people have trouble installing the packages for Windows on Vista and Windows 7 or Windows 8.

One simple solution is to use http://bitnami.org/stack/moodle (from amazon.com).

==Install complete package process==
The complete install package is a zip file that contains a webserver called [[Apache]], plus Moodle and Moodle's required [[MySQL]] database and [[PHP]] program.

There are three basic parts to the this install process.
#Download and unpack the complete install package.
#Start the webserver.
#Install Moodle using a web browser.

===First create file structure===
====Download the package====
[http://download.moodle.org/windows Download Windows] packed-zip file from Moodle.
[[Image:Moodle Setup zipfile.jpg|frame|center|A downloaded complete install package Windows 1.9 zip file in Windows Explorer]]

====Unpack the package====
Unpack (extract files by clicking on) the zip file you downloaded to a drive or partition of your choice. The extract process will create three files ("Start Moodle", "Stop Moodle", and "README") and a subfolder called "server".
*Do NOT rename the "server" subfolder
:''Note:'' There will also be a folder under this server subfolder, called \moodle that holds the Moodle program.

:''TIP:'' Create a folder and extract the files there. For example, you might have one folder called Moodle193 and another one called Moodle187 for different versions or purposes.

:''TIP:'' Make path to "server" subfolder simple. Best way if it will be in drive root. Like "D:\moodle193\server". A long path, especially with any strange symbols, can prevent XAMPP from working properly.

===Second - start the webserver===
Now you are ready to start the webserver. Use the "Start Moodle.exe" file which you should find in the top directory. Once the "Start Moodle.exe" program is open, don't close it; use "Stop Moodle.exe" for that purpose.

:''Note:'' These programs control both Apache and MySQL programs that operate the webserver. Some sites will individually start and stop Apache and MySQL with the Xampp bat files found in the "server" subfolder.

:''Tip:'' Alternatively, on a standalone computer with several potential webservers that might be running, you can use the "xampp_restart.exe" file in the "server" subfolder.

:''Tip:'' You can also add shortcuts to the commands that start and stop the site in your Windows "start" menu.

Now you are ready to start the Moodle installation.

:''Warning:'' Windows XP requires the msvcr71.dll library file in order to run Xampp. Installing the [http://www.microsoft.com/downloads/details.aspx?familyid=262D25E3-F589-4842-8157-034D1E7CF3A3&displaylang=en .Net 1.1 framework] (not .Net 2.0 and upper) could resolve it. You can also search for the file on Google, download it and copy it into the server/apache/bin folder.

===Third - start Moodle installation===
Start your web browser and type <nowiki> localhost, or http://127.0.0.1 or http://localhost </nowiki>in the address bar. You will either start your first time Moodle installation or if it is already installed you will enter the Moodle site's [[Front Page]] or Login screen.

[[Image:Moodle_Setup_localhost_browser.jpg|frame|center|A browser's addressbar showing "localhost". Click on the green Goto arrow will go to the installed Moodle site.]]

:''Tip:'' After Moodle installs, put the site in your "favorites" or as a "bookmark" in you browser.

====Set language====
The initial install page will be displayed after you type "localhost".

[[Image:C Install Windows 1.png|thumb|center|600px|Set initial language]]

*Choose your preferred language (English is used in this example) and click the “Next” button.

====Diagnostic results====
A diagnostic report is displayed – hopefully it will look like this, if not you may need to address some issues.
[[Image:Complete Windows Install 2.png|thumb|center|546px|Moodle liked and gave a Pass ]]

*Click the “Next” button to continue.

====Moodle paths====
The paths for your Moodle installation are shown – if you are only using this as a local testing server, accept the ones that are shown on your screen.

What you enter in the "Web Address" field depends on what you intend to use the new Moodle installation for.
If you are just going to use it for local testing, then use 'http://localhost'.
If you are going to test the new installation on a LAN, and will be accessing it from other machines on that LAN, then put the private IP address or network name of the serving machine, followed by a forward slash and moodle: Web Address - http://192.168.1.1/moodle
If you are going to test the installation on the internet, then you will need to put the public ip address followed by a forward slash and moodle: http://your_ip_address/moodle or you can put your domain name here instead.

[[image:Complete install Windows 3.png|thumb|center|600px|Installation paths]]

*Click the “Next” button to continue.

====Database configuration====
*In the next fields, we enter the database settings. The fields are populated with some suggested values.

*We strongly recommend you place a user name and password in this screen. (Don't forget them).

*DO NOT USE THE “ROOT” USER WITHOUT A PASSWORD FOR PRODUCTION INSTALLATIONS AS THIS CREATES A SECURITY VULNERABILITY
[[image:Complete install Windows 4.png|thumb|center|535px|Installation's database settings]]

*When the fields have been populated, click the “Next” button to continue.

====Check server====
The install process checks the server it installed.
[[image:Complete install Windows 5.png|thumb|center|535px|Check server environment screen]]
*Click the “Next” button to continue.

====Confirm initial language pack====
Moodle will now check to see if the language pack is available for the language you selected at the first step. If it is not, Moodle will continue with the install in English.
[[image:Complete install Windows 6.png|thumb|center|535px|Language pack check]]

====Confirm config.php====
Provided the Moodle folder is writable, a message confirming the configuration has been completed will be displayed.
[[image:Complete install Windows 7.png|thumb|center|549px|Confirmation that config.php has been created]]

*Click the “ Continue” button to proceed.

====Moodle copyright & agreement====
The Moodle copyright / license notices are displayed.

[[image:Complete install Windows 8.png|thumb|center|400px|Copyright notice and agreement]]

*Click the “Yes” button to continue.

====Current release and unattended option====
The current release information is shown.
'''Check off the unattended operations box'''. This will automatically advance through many screens. If you would like to watch the install screen by screen, do not check this box and be prepared to press the "continute button" many times.

*Click the "Continue" button and wait.
[[Image:Complete install Windows 9.png|thumb|center|600px|Current release and "unattended" check box]]

====Installation modules and blocks screens====
In most cases this will be followed by a series of screens that have a continue button on the bottom. This process stops with Admin user profile settings which needs to be filled out.

====Administrator user profile====
[[Image:Complete install Windows 10.png|thumb|center|The administrator's users profile screen]]

Fill out the required fields.
*Click on "Save" to continue

====Front page settings====
The next screen is the Front Page settings page. There are two parts to it.
The first part will ask for your Full site name and a short name for the navigation bar. There is also a place for a description. You can change these later.

[[Image:Complete install Windows 11a.png|thumb|center|The Moodle sites [[Front Page]] information]]

The second part on the bottom instructs Moodle if you will disable the new user self [[authentication]] through email process. The default is to disable. This can be changed later in the [[Site administration block|site administration block]].

[[Image:Complete install Windows 11ba.png|thumb|center|500px|Determine if users can create their own profiles when they log onto the side via email self authentication]]

*Click on "Save changes" button to go to Moodle sites home page.

====Moodle on====
'''Now you are ready to Moodle !'''

[[Image:Complete install Windows 12.png|thumb|center|Blank Front page of your new site]]

The Site Administration block is on the left, the "Turn edit on" button in the upper right corner, withe the site description block just below it.

===Congratulations - Moodle has been installed===
This finishes the installation of a complete package. Type <nowiki>http://localhost</nowiki> (or what ever you set for web address earlier in the setup!) in your browser and Moodle will open.

Your next task will be to configure Moodle to meet your needs. Don't worry, it is easy to change any of the settings now that Moodle is up and running.
*Check ''Settings > Site administration'' for further links.

==More tips and cautions==
*For installation on a Windows 2000 or Windows 2003 production server it is good practice to perform a manual install (see the manual installation section in [[Windows_installation|Windows Installation]]).

*After installing the Windows package, you may wish to add additional contributed modules and plugins. Theset may involve more customization of configuration files.

*The latest complete install package version components, may not be backwardly compatible. Always check version compatibility of each component if you intend to develop materials on a later version of Moodle than the version installed on your "main" Moodle site. In short, complete install packages are designed for first time install on a "clean" machine.

== Security matters (A MUST READ!)==

As mentioned before, XAMPP is not meant for production use but only for developers
in a development environment. The way XAMPP is configured is to be open as possible
and allowing the developer anything he/she wants. For development environments this
is great but in a production environment it could be fatal. Here a list of missing security
in XAMPP:

The MySQL administrator (root) has no password.
The MySQL daemon is accessible via network.
phpMyAdmin is accessible via network.
Examples are accessible via network.

To fix most of the security weaknesses simply call the following URL:

<nowiki>http://localhost/security/</nowiki>

The root password for MySQL + phpMyAdmin and also a XAMPP directory protection can be established here.

Note that on the Windows installer package, some (all?) of these issues have been fixed already by default and the above link does not work.

If in doubt, more info is [http://www.apachefriends.org/en/faq-xampp-windows.html here]

== Apache and MySQL tweaks ==
Most of the time it is not necessary to tweak Apache or MySQL after completing the complete install package. Nor is it necessary to individually start and stop them because that is what the Xampp_start, Xampp_restart and Xammp_stop files are for.

=== Installing Apache and MySQL as services===
(This is only for NT4 | Windows 2000 | Windows XP operating systems)

\xampplite\apache\apache_installservice.bat =
==> Install Apache 2 as service

\xampplite\apache\apache_uninstallservice.bat =
==> Uninstall Apache 2 as service

\xampplite\mysql\mysql_installservice.bat =
==> Install MySQL as service

\xampplite\mysql\mysql_uninstallservice.bat =
==> Uninstall MySQL as service

==> After all Service (un)installations, please restart your system!

===Apache Notes===

You can use the apache_start and apache_stop bat files to start and stop apache from running. However the Xampp_start or Xampp_restart and Xampp_stop is recommended to turn on/off both Apache and MySQL.

====Troubleshooting====

If you find that Apache is very flaky, with the page often not loading properly or even at all (especially on localhost), try adding these lines to the end of C:\your_moodle_installer_directory\apache\conf\httpd.conf

EnableSendfile Off
EnableMMAP Off
Win32DisableAcceptEx

If You edit some .php files but browser still show old state of them, try to disable eAccelerator extension in \server\php\php.ini

[eAccelerator]
;extension=eaccelerator.dll

===MySQL notes===
Again, the recommendation to start and stop the entire webserver is to use the xampp_start or Xampp_restart and the Xampp_stop. The following maybe useful if you wish to tweak the system further. Please be careful.

(1) The MySQL server can be started by double-clicking (executing) mysql_start.bat. This file can be found in the same folder you installed xampp in, most likely this will be C:\xampplite\. The exact path to this file is X:\xampplite\mysql_start.bat, where "X" indicates the letter of the drive you unpacked xampp into.This batch file starts the MySQL server in console mode. The first intialization might take a few minutes.

Do not close the DOS window or you'll crash the server! To stop the server, please use mysql_shutdown.bat, which is located in the same directory.

(2) To use the MySQL Daemon with "innodb" for better performance,
please edit the "my" (or "my.cnf") file in the /xampplite/mysql/bin directory or for services the c:\my.cnf for windows NT/2000/XP. In that director, activate the
"innodb_data_file_path=ibdata1:30M"
statement. Attention, "innodb" is not recommended for 95/98/ME.

:To use MySQL as Service for NT/2000/XP, simply copy the "my" / "my.cnf" file to C:\my, or C:\my.cnf. Please note that this file has to be placed in C:\ (root), other locations are not permitted. Then execute the "mysql_installservice.bat" in the mysql folder.

(3) MySQL starts with standard values for the user id and the password. The preset user id is "root", the password is "" (= no password). To access MySQL via PHP with the preset values, you'll have to use the following syntax:
mysql_connect("localhost","root","");
If you want to set a password for MySQL access, please use of mysqladmin.
To set the password "secret" for the user "root", type the following:

\xampplite\mysql\bin\mysqladmin -u root password secret

After changing the password you'll have to reconfigure phpMyAdmin to use the new password, otherwise it won't be able to access the databases. To do that, open the file config.inc.php in \xampplite\phpmyadmin\ and edit the following lines:

$cfg['Servers'][$i]['user'] = 'root'; // MySQL user
$cfg['Servers'][$i]['auth_type'] = 'http'; // HTTP authentificate

So first the 'root' password is queried by the MySQL server, before phpMyAdmin may access.

Have a lot of fun! Viel Spaß! Bonne Chance!

==See also==

*[https://docs.moodle.org/19/en/Installation_guide_-_Moodle_for_Windows_on_a_USB_Memory_Stick Installation guide - Moodle 1.9 for Windows on a USB Memory Stick]
*Return to [[Windows installation]]
*[[Windows 1 computer many servers |Multiple web servers, on 1 computer]] similar to windows installation page, with some tips
*[https://docs.moodle.org/en/Windows_installation_using_XAMPP#Troubleshooting Troubleshooting]if you are running Skype.
*[[Installing_AMP]] lots of XAMPP stuff. XAMPP stands for X (cross platform), Apache, MySQL,PHP and Perl. XAMPP used in Moodle does not include Perl. MAMP stands for Mac, Apache, MySQL and PHP.
*[[Installation Package for OS X]]

[[es:Paquetes_para_Instalaci%C3%B3n_Completa]]
[[pl:Kompletne pakiety instalacyjne]]
[[de:Vollständiges Installationspaket für Windows]]

[[Category:Installation]]
[[Category:Windows]]

Quiz FAQ

2014-07-07T13:06:54Z

TimHunt:

{{Quiz}}

==How can I randomly generate a quiz from a larger question bank?==
See the section on adding random questions in [[Building Quiz]].

==Can I have different start times/timings/numbers of attempts for different groups?==
*In the Quiz administration settings block, there is a link "group override".
*Click this link and you will be able to select your groups and change the quiz dates, times and number of attempts:

[[File:quizgroupoverride.png]]

==What happens if students submit answers after the quiz closing date?==
It is possible for students to still submit answers after the quiz has closed (for example if they started the attempt before the closing date but then took a long time before submitting). These responses are stored by the quiz module, but the students are not given any credit for them. The teacher can see these answers when reviewing the student's attempts and can give the student credit for them by hand. Also the teacher could change the closing date after the fact and regrade the attempts. The students answers would then get graded.

==Is there a nice way to print a copy of a quiz?==

See this [https://moodle.org/plugins/view.php?plugin=qformat_wordtable addon] for exporting questions (including images) in a question bank into a Word file

Not at the moment. See this tracker request: [https://tracker.moodle.org/browse/MDL-348 Printer-friendly (more compact) layout option for quiz]
*Also this discussion, where there is an unlikely hack: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=222565
*Some CSS suggestions here: https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=205969#p899667
*The University of Vienna published an [http://www.academic-moodle-cooperation.org/en/modules/offline-quiz/ offline quiz module for Moodle 2.2+] available for [http://www.academic-moodle-cooperation.org/en/modules/offline-quiz/ download in GitHub].

Also note the comments here: https://docs.moodle.org/en/Effective_quiz_practices#Printing_and_sharing_questions

==Why am I no longer allowed to add or remove questions?==
Most likely it is because you have students that have already attempted the quiz. You will need to delete all of the attempts by selecting them and choosing to delete them if you need to add/remove questions from a quiz.

If you are developing a new quiz where the attempts have just been trials then deleting the previous attempts will have no consequeces in the grade book.

If this is not the case think carefully about how to handle the graded attempts.

There are several ways of getting to the “attempts #” which you need to click on to delete the previous attempts. Use which ever works for you.
#Click on the quiz that you want to amend. It will take you to a page with “attempts #" at the top.
#If you are on a page with this message “You cannot add or remove questions because the quiz has been attempted (attempts #)” Click on "attempts #".
#If you have navigated away from the page with the message go to the Settings block > Quiz Administration > Edit Quiz.
Whichever way you find “attempts #” click on it and you will go to a page with a drop down menu at the top. Select “all users who have attempted the quiz”. There are several other click boxes select whatever applies to your situation.
Click “Show Report” and then “select all”. Click “Delete selected attempts” and confirm selection.

Go back to Quiz Administration > Edit Quiz and you will now be able to add or delete questions.

==How can I turn off glossary auto-linking in a quiz? ==
*In the Quiz administration settings block there will be a link "filter".
*Click the link and you will have the option to disable filters just for that particular quiz:

[[File:quizfilter.png]]

==How can I remove a problem question after the quiz has been taken?==

You can not remove a question once a quiz has been taken by one student or more. However you can change the score and flag the question so you know it has problems.

Set the score for that question to 0.
*Caution: In some versions of Moodle if you use this question in an other quiz, this will potentially change the question in that quiz as well. A trick is to score the question as 0, then regrade the just completed quiz. This will establish the new grade for gradebook. Now go back and change the score to the original value.

Find the question in Question Bank. Maybe edit the title (Do not use in Bio101). Or if you do not share the question category with other teachers, create a sub category, move the offending question there, and perhaps create a better question to replace the one you just moved. Create a new quiz and if necessary hide the old one.
*Caution: if other departments or teachers use a question category it might be wise to check with the team before moving or changing any question. This is one reason importing questions in a course is a good best practice in some situations.

==Can I have a quiz that is not graded?==

This is not a common requirement, so it may not work perfectly, but you can get close:

# On the quiz editing page, set the score for each question, and the total score for the quiz to 0.
# On the quiz settings page, there is a grid of check-boxes. Turn off all the ones in the score column.

==Why is my quiz not displaying in the gradebook?==
*Check that you have a maximum score that is more than 0 - if your score is 0, then the quiz will not appear in the gradebook.

Remember you can tell gradebook not to include the quiz.

==How do I allow a person to retake a quiz if I have it set for 1 attempt?==
*In the Quiz administration settings block, there is a link "user overrides".
*Click this link and you can change the allowed number of attempts for that user. Screenshot:[https://docs.moodle.org/24/en/File:quizuseroverride.png]

==How can I give particular students extra time in a timed quiz?==
*In the Quiz administration settings block there is a link "user overrides"
*Click this link and you will be able to choose one or more users and change the timing of their quiz

[[File:quizuseroverride.png]]

==I've entered quiz grades manually in the gradebook. How can I allow students to improve on these grades?==

When a grade is entered directly in the gradebook, an "overridden" flag is set, meaning that the grade can no longer be changed from within the quiz.

However, the flag can be removed by turning editing on in the [[Grader report|grader report]], then clicking the [[Grade editing|edit grade]] icon, unchecking the overridden box and saving the changes.

==How can I enable notification of quiz submissions?==

See [[Quiz submission notification]].

==Why can't people (guests) take a quiz without creating an account and logging in?==

This is difficult to implement for technical reasons.

To explain: The quiz has to link all information about an attempt to a particular 'user' record in the database, and each user can only have one open quiz attempt at a time. All not-logged-in users share the same 'guest' user database record. Therefore, two guests could not attempt the quiz at the same time, and even if they could, it would be difficult to prevent one guest seeing another guest's attempts.

Of course, given enough work, it would be possible to change some of those assumptions, and so make it possible for guests to attempt quizzes. Indeed, some of the obstructions to implementing this have already been removed while doing other work on the quiz, but there is still some way to go.

If you would like to see this implemented, please vote for MDL-17892.

A workaround is to create a visitor account, say with username = password = visitor, for everyone to share.

==Can you explain the error The number of random questions required is more than are still available in the category!==

Review your quiz and verify Moodle has enough questions from each category of questions it will be pulling from. You may have inadvertently selected more questions than what exists in the category. Also make sure you're not pulling questions from a category that has zero questions. Because you are picking random questions, rather than a specific question, it may not be apparent at first that you have run out of questions to ask!

==How do I send a bulk message to all students who haven't completed a quiz?==
*From your navigation block, click ''Reports>Course participation''
*From the drop down, choose your quiz.
*In ''Show only'', choose "Student" and in ''Actions'', choose "post"
*In the list that appears, tick/check the boxes next to those you wish to message.
*In the bottom dropdown ''With selected users'', choose "send message"

[[File:quizemail.png]]

==Can I download the quiz questions in a non-Moodle format?==
You might want to keep a local copy of quiz questions as evidence. While Moodle doesn't offer a built-in method of doing this, suggestions include:
#previewing the quiz, getting to the review page and from your computer, choosing "Save as...webpage complete" and
#exporting the question as Moodle XML, or GIFT format. If you open either of those files in a text-editor, you should be able to see most details of each question. Not very pretty, but accurate.

==How can I turn off question flagging?==
By default, flags are available in quiz questions.

[[File:flag.png]]

There is a capablity attached to this: [[Capabilities/moodle/question:flag]]. Remove this capability from roles that you don't want to see the flags. You can either do that by editing the role definitions globally, or by overriding the permissions in just one quiz or course.

==How do I create system-wide question categories?==
* As an administrator or user with system permissions, go to ''Question bank>categories'' in any course.
*Using the "Add category form" at the bottom of the page, set the parent of the new category to be the system context.

==How can I prevent a student from reviewing or jumping around questions in a quiz?==
You can block the quiz navigation block and the summary of quiz page with CSS code in a theme. However, if a student fails to answer a question, they will not know if you implement this "solution". Also if others on the site do not want this patch, make sure the theme you select for the course is not used by others.

For example using the Afterburner theme: Site Administration >Appearance >Themes >Afterburner and enter this in the CSS code area:

:div#mod_quiz_navblock {visibility:hidden;}
:table.quizsummaryofattempt {visibility:hidden;}

There are other css solutions.

==How can I minimise the load on the server while using quizzes?==
*Try to avoid a lot of students starting a quiz at the same time
*Check these discussions:
**https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=213259
**https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=215641
**https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=215130

For other notes on performance with quizzes, see the section 'Performance of different Moodle modules' in [[Performance recommendations]].
==How can I make the quiz timer "float" or move down the page?==
See this forum thread: [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=210049 How to make the quiz timer float] for one suggestion.

==Why are images not included when exporting quiz questions?==
Images are only included if you export the questions using Moodle XML format. For all other question export formats (including GIFT), you will get broken images. Please see forum post [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=244615 Students not able to see images in exported quiz questions]

==Why does the quiz timer keep counting down when the student is not looking at the quiz?==
It is not possible to stop the timer and start it again. Moodle cannot tell the difference between legitimate reasons for doing this (such as a fire alarm requiring evacuation of the test room) or a student simply using time going to another browser and googling the answers. Nor can Moodle tell if the connection has been lost, although the student does now get a warning MDL-42504

It might be preferable in certain circumstances, such as timed examinations using Quiz, to manually announce the start/end time, rather then rely on the quiz timer.

For further comments see:
* https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=96194
* https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=177180
* https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=237847

==How can a "Never submitted quiz" be submitted?==
Currently there is no way to retrieve an attempt that was "Never Submitted", and get it back into the "In progress" state, but there is a tracker issue MDL-35745. Perhaps the best solution is to plan ahead and set your quiz to set your quiz to be submitted automatically. Failing that, see also this [https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=212819 forum thread] which suggests:
# Update the quiz : set the "close the quiz" date after today
# Set "When time expires" to "There is a grace period ..."
#Under Grade set "Attempts allowed" to "unlimited"
#Question behavior: Each attempt builds on the last "Yes"
# Invite the students who did not close their exams
# Allow them to start a new attempt, and close it immediately.

==How can I hide the number of marks available for each question?==

This is not really possible unless you are prepared to edit the code.

If you have a custom theme, you can add CSS like this:
<code css>
.que .info .grade { display: none; }
</code>
of you could try to make it more specific, and only hide the grade before the question is answered:
<code css>
.que.answersaved .info .grade,
.que.invalidanswer .info .grade,
.que.notyetanswered .info .grade { display: none; }
</code>
You can also add this CSS using the [[Header_and_footer|Additional HTML admin settings]].

Alternatively, you can alter the PHP code here: https://github.com/moodle/moodle/blob/4de51c25ae227a727dcba7c39f6f644a5d47ce7a/mod/quiz/locallib.php#L1820. Change that line to give the behaviour you want, e.g.
<code php>
$options->marks = self::extract($quiz->reviewmarks, $when,
self::MARK_AND_MAX, self::HIDDEN);
</code>

Be warned that any of these approaches will affect every quiz in the Moodle site.

==See also==
* [[Quiz Time Limit]]

Using Moodle forum discussions:

*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=96326 Removing "Submit all and Finish" button]
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=141003 How do you keep people from cheating while taking a quiz?]
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=131325 Scientific notation in quiz answers]
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=158846 Quiz answers appear in wrong language]
*[http://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=196206 Random Order Override]

Related FAQs:
* [[Import and export FAQ]] - for hints on importing questions
* [[XML FAQ]] - for information on creating and importing questions in Moodle XML format

[[Category:FAQ]]

[[de:Test FAQ]]
[[es:Examen FAQ]]

Upgrading

2014-04-29T10:02:24Z

TimHunt: /* Questions */

{{Installing Moodle}}
''This page explains in detail how to upgrade Moodle. For a summary of the process, see [[Upgrade overview]].''

==Check the requirements==

Check that your server meets all requirements for 2.7 in ''Administration > Site administration > Server > [[Environment]]''.

Note: You can only upgrade to Moodle 2.7 from Moodle 2.2 or later. If upgrading from earlier versions, you must [https://docs.moodle.org/22/en/Upgrading_to_Moodle_2.2 upgrade to 2.2] as a first step.

==Before upgrading==

'''We advise that you test the upgrade first on a COPY of your production site, to make sure it works as you expect.'''

===Themes===

All core themes, except clean, have been removed from Moodle 2.7. Thus sites using any core theme (including sites using a core theme as a parent theme) other than clean must do the following:

# Download the 2.7 version of your theme as a zip file from the [https://moodle.org/plugins/browse.php?list=category&id=3 Themes section of the Moodle plugins directory].
# Follow the steps above to install the new Moodle software. In step 4, unzip the theme and copy it to moodle/theme/.
# Proceed with the upgrade.

Note: Only installed add-on themes may be updated automatically during the upgrade, NOT core themes. Because core themes have been removed from Moodle 2.7, they have to be re-added.

===Questions===

This problem almost certainly does not affect you.

You can tell if you need to worry about this by looking at the bottom of the [[Environment]] check page in your site. If there is not a row mentioning questions, you don't have a problem. If there is a message about questions there, you need to do something. (This only works if you are running a version 2.4.9, 2.5.5 or 2.6.2 or later.)

To give the background: In Moodle 2.1 there was a major upgrade to questions. As explained in [https://docs.moodle.org/21/en/Upgrading_to_Moodle_2.1#Planning_the_question_engine_upgrade the upgrade documentation for that version], it was possible to delay parts of the database upgrade to be run later. Before you upgrade to Moodle 2.7, this upgrade must be completed.

== Backup important data ==

There are three areas that should be backed up before any upgrade:
#Moodle software (For example, everything in server/htdocs/moodle)
#Moodle uploaded files (For example, server/moodledata)
#Moodle database (For example, your Postgres or MySQL database dump)

See [[Site backup]] for more specific information.

==Put your site into maintenance mode==
Before you begin upgrading your site, you should put it into [[Maintenance_mode | maintenance mode]] to stop any non-admin users from logging in.

== Check for add-on updates ==

If you have [[Automatic updates deployment]] enabled, you will be able to update installed add-ons automatically during the upgrade. Just make sure you check for available updates (via the button for it) at the Plugins check screen.

If you are updating add-ons manually, it is a good moment now to check in the [http://moodle.org/plugins Moodle Plugins directory] whether there is a 2.7 version available for any add-ons (including themes) that you have previously installed on your site. If so, download the add-on package. In the next step, you will copy it to the appropriate location in your Moodle code (see [[Installing add-ons]]).

The upgrade of the add-on will then happen as part of the Moodle upgrade process.

If an out-of-date add-on causes your upgrade to fail, you can usually delete the add-on code rather than uninstalling it from within Moodle so that the data associated with it is not deleted.

== Install the new Moodle software ==

=== Standard install package ===

# Move your old Moodle software program files to another location. ''Do NOT copy new files over the old files.''
# Unzip or unpack the upgrade file so that all the new Moodle software program files are in the location the old files used to be in on the server. Moodle will adjust SQL and moodledata if it needs to in the upgrade.
# Copy your old [[Configuration file|config.php file]] back to the new Moodle directory.
# As mentioned above, if you had installed any custom add-ons on your site you should add them to the new code tree now. It is important to check that you get the correct version for your new version of Moodle. Be particularly careful that you do not overwrite any code in the new version of Moodle.
# Dont forget to also copy over your moodledata folder / directory. If you don't you will get a "fatal error $cfg- dataroot is not configured properly".

====Linux====
mv moodle moodle.backup
tar xvzf moodle-2.7.tgz

Next, copy across your config.php, any custom plugins, and your .htaccess file if you created one ('''check that custom plugins are the correct version for your new Moodle first'''):

cp moodle.backup/config.php moodle
cp -pr moodle.backup/theme/mytheme moodle/theme/mytheme
cp -pr moodle.backup/mod/mymod moodle/mod/mymod

Don't forget to make moodle/config.php (and the rest of the source code) readable by your www server. Ideally the files should not be writeable by your server.

If you use cron, take care that cron.php is executeable and uses the correct php command:
chmod 740 admin/cli/cron.php (some configurations need chmod 750 or chmod 755)
copy the first line from cron.php (if it looks like '#!/usr/local/bin/php' or '#!/usr/local/bin/php5.3', no need to copy '<?php')

if necessary.

=== Using Git ===

You can use Git for updating or upgrading your Moodle. See [[Git for Administrators]] for details.

===Command line upgrade===

On Linux servers, Moodle 2.7 supports running the [[CLI|upgrade from the command line]], rather than through a web browser. This is likely to be more reliable, particularly for large sites.

== Finishing the upgrade ==

The last step is to trigger the upgrade processes within Moodle.

To do this just go to ''Administration > Site administration > Notifications''.

Moodle will automatically detect the new version and perform all the SQL database or file system upgrades that are necessary. If there is anything it can't do itself (very rare) then you will see messages telling you what you need to do.

Assuming all goes well (no error messages) then you can start using your new version of Moodle and enjoy the new features!

Note: If you are running multiple servers then you should purge all caches manually (via ''Administration > Site administration > Development > Purge all caches'') after completing the upgrade on all servers.

===Fatal error: Maximum execution time of 30 seconds exceeded...===

If your server uses a main language other than English, you may encounter a 'Fatal error: Maximum execution time of 30 seconds exceeded' when you try to upgrade it. You can increase max_execution_time = 160 on php.ini to allow the scripts enough time to process the language update. Otherwise, you can switch to English as the default language before doing the upgrade and back to your original language after a succcessful upgrade. See the forum discussion at https://moodle.org/mod/forum/discuss.php?d=119598.

==After upgrading==

The config.php file from your installation should work fine but if you take a look at config-dist.php that came with Moodle 2.7 there are more/different options available (e.g. database drivers and settings). It's a good idea to map your old config.php settings to a new one based on the 2.7 config-dist.php.

===Assignments===

The old assignment (2.2) module has been removed from core and has been replaced by a stub to support transparently remapping URLs and restoring course backups from the old module to the new one.

If you are still using the old assignment (2.2) module, after upgrading to Moodle 2.7 all assignment (2.2) activities will be hidden. You need to run the [[Assignment upgrade tool]] to un-hide the activities.

If you really, really need to keep using the old assignment (2.2) module, you should update the code to Moodle 2.7, and then replace the "mod/assignment" folder with the one from the plugins directory before completing the upgrade.

==Possible issues that may affect you in Moodle 2.7==

''Items to be added here...''

=== Moodle 2.3, 2.4, 2.5 and 2.6 improvements ===

Depending on which version you are upgrading from, please see the section 'Possible issues that may affect you' in the documentation

* [https://docs.moodle.org/23/en/Upgrading Upgrading to Moodle 2.3]
* [https://docs.moodle.org/24/en/Upgrading Upgrading to Moodle 2.4]
* [https://docs.moodle.org/25/en/Upgrading Upgrading to Moodle 2.5]
* [https://docs.moodle.org/26/en/Upgrading Upgrading to Moodle 2.6]

==See also==

* Using Moodle [http://moodle.org/mod/forum/view.php?id=28 Installation problems forum]
* [[dev:Moodle 2.7 release notes|Moodle 2.7 release notes]]
* [[dev:Upgrade API|Upgrade API]]

[[es:Actualización de moodle]]
[[fr:Mise à jour]]
[[ja:Moodleをアップグレードする]]
[[de:Aktualisierung von Moodle]]